Commit Graph

2008 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Tom Lane
5713f03973 Improve API of GenericXLogRegister().
Rename this function to GenericXLogRegisterBuffer() to make it clearer
what it does, and leave room for other sorts of "register" actions in
future.  Also, replace its "bool isNew" argument with an integer flags
argument, so as to allow adding more flags in future without an API
break.

Alexander Korotkov, adjusted slightly by me
2016-04-12 11:42:06 -04:00
Tom Lane
bdf7db8192 In generic WAL application and replay, ensure page "hole" is always zero.
The previous coding could allow the contents of the "hole" between pd_lower
and pd_upper to diverge during replay from what it had been when the update
was originally applied.  This would pose a problem if checksums were in
use, and in any case would complicate forensic comparisons between master
and slave servers.  So force the "hole" to contain zeroes, both at initial
application of a generically-logged action, and at replay.

Alexander Korotkov, adjusted slightly by me
2016-04-12 11:14:00 -04:00
Tom Lane
660d5fb856 Further minor improvement in generic_xlog.c: always say REGBUF_STANDARD.
Since we're requiring pages handled by generic_xlog.c to be standard
format, specify REGBUF_STANDARD when doing a full-page image, so that
xloginsert.c can compress out the "hole" between pd_lower and pd_upper.
Given the current API in which this path will be taken only for a newly
initialized page, the hole is likely to be particularly large in such
cases, so that this oversight could easily be performance-significant.
I don't notice any particular change in the runtime of contrib/bloom's
regression test, though.
2016-04-10 00:24:28 -04:00
Tom Lane
68689c66ef Micro-optimize GenericXLogFinish().
Make the inner comparison loops of computeDelta() as tight as possible by
pulling considerations of valid and invalid ranges out of the inner loops,
and extending a match or non-match detection as far as possible before
deciding what to do next.  To keep this tractable, give up the possibility
of merging fragments across the pd_lower to pd_upper gap.  The fraction of
pages where that could happen (ie, there are 4 or fewer bytes in the gap,
*and* data changes immediately adjacent to it on both sides) is too small
to be worth spending cycles on.

Also, avoid two BLCKSZ-length memcpy()s by computing the delta before
moving data into the target buffer, instead of after.  This doesn't save
nearly as many cycles as being tenser about computeDelta(), but it still
seems worth doing.

On my machine, this patch cuts a full 40% off the runtime of
contrib/bloom's regression test.
2016-04-09 19:30:56 -04:00
Tom Lane
08e785436f Get rid of GenericXLogUnregister().
This routine is unsafe as implemented, because it invalidates the page
image pointers returned by previous GenericXLogRegister() calls.

Rather than complicate the API or the implementation to avoid that,
let's just get rid of it; the use-case for having it seems much
too thin to justify a lot of work here.

While at it, do some wordsmithing on the SGML docs for generic WAL.
2016-04-09 16:39:30 -04:00
Tom Lane
db03cf375d Code review/prettification for generic_xlog.c.
Improve commentary, use more specific names for the delta fields,
const-ify pointer arguments where possible, avoid assuming that
initializing only the first element of a local array will guarantee
that the remaining elements end up as we need them.  (I think that
code in generic_redo actually worked, but only because InvalidBuffer
is zero; this is a particularly ugly way of depending on that ...)
2016-04-09 15:02:19 -04:00
Tom Lane
2dd318d277 Run pgindent on generic_xlog.c.
This code desperately needs some micro-optimization, and I'd like it
to be formatted a bit more nicely while I work on it.
2016-04-09 13:33:33 -04:00
Kevin Grittner
8b65cf4c5e Modify BufferGetPage() to prepare for "snapshot too old" feature
This patch is a no-op patch which is intended to reduce the chances
of failures of omission once the functional part of the "snapshot
too old" patch goes in.  It adds parameters for snapshot, relation,
and an enum to specify whether the snapshot age check needs to be
done for the page at this point.  This initial patch passes NULL
for the first two new parameters and BGP_NO_SNAPSHOT_TEST for the
third.  The follow-on patch will change the places where the test
needs to be made.
2016-04-08 14:30:10 -05:00
Andres Freund
5364b357fb Increase maximum number of clog buffers.
Benchmarking has shown that the current number of clog buffers limits
scalability. We've previously increased the number in 33aaa139, but
that's not sufficient with a large number of clients.

We've benchmarked the cost of increasing the limit by benchmarking worst
case scenarios; testing showed that 128 buffers don't cause a
regression, even in contrived scenarios, whereas 256 does

There are a number of more complex patches flying around to address
various clog scalability problems, but this is simple enough that we can
get it into 9.6; and is beneficial even after those patches have been
applied.

It is a bit unsatisfactory to increase this in small steps every few
releases, but a better solution seems to require a rewrite of slru.c;
not something done quickly.

Author: Amit Kapila and Andres Freund
Discussion: CAA4eK1+-=18HOrdqtLXqOMwZDbC_15WTyHiFruz7BvVArZPaAw@mail.gmail.com
2016-04-08 08:25:59 -07:00
Stephen Frost
1574783b4c Use GRANT system to manage access to sensitive functions
Now that pg_dump will properly dump out any ACL changes made to
functions which exist in pg_catalog, switch to using the GRANT system
to manage access to those functions.

This means removing 'if (!superuser()) ereport()' checks from the
functions themselves and then REVOKEing EXECUTE right from 'public' for
these functions in system_views.sql.

Reviews by Alexander Korotkov, Jose Luis Tallon
2016-04-06 21:45:32 -04:00
Simon Riggs
3fe3511d05 Generic Messages for Logical Decoding
API and mechanism to allow generic messages to be inserted into WAL that are
intended to be read by logical decoding plugins. This commit adds an optional
new callback to the logical decoding API.

Messages are either text or bytea. Messages can be transactional, or not, and
are identified by a prefix to allow multiple concurrent decoding plugins.

(Not to be confused with Generic WAL records, which are intended to allow crash
recovery of extensible objects.)

Author: Petr Jelinek and Andres Freund
Reviewers: Artur Zakirov, Tomas Vondra, Simon Riggs
Discussion: 5685F999.6010202@2ndquadrant.com
2016-04-06 10:05:41 +01:00
Magnus Hagander
7117685461 Implement backup API functions for non-exclusive backups
Previously non-exclusive backups had to be done using the replication protocol
and pg_basebackup. With this commit it's now possible to make them using
pg_start_backup/pg_stop_backup as well, as long as the backup program can
maintain a persistent connection to the database.

Doing this, backup_label and tablespace_map are returned as results from
pg_stop_backup() instead of being written to the data directory. This makes
the server safe from a crash during an ongoing backup, which can be a problem
with exclusive backups.

The old syntax of the functions remain and work exactly as before, but since the
new syntax is safer this should eventually be deprecated and removed.

Only reference documentation is included. The main section on backup still needs
to be rewritten to cover this, but since that is already scheduled for a separate
large rewrite, it's not included in this patch.

Reviewed by David Steele and Amit Kapila
2016-04-05 20:03:49 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera
890614d2b3 Display WAL pointer in rm_redo error callback
This makes it easier to identify the source of a recovery problem
in case of a bug or data corruption.
2016-04-04 18:12:12 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
c9ff752a85 Silence compiler warning
Reported by Peter Eisentraut to occur on 32bit systems
2016-04-04 17:07:23 -03:00
Teodor Sigaev
65578341af Add Generic WAL interface
This interface is designed to give an access to WAL for extensions which
could implement new access method, for example. Previously it was
impossible because restoring from custom WAL would need to access system
catalog to find a redo custom function. This patch suggests generic way
to describe changes on page with standart layout.

Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because of new record type.

Author: Alexander Korotkov with a help of Petr Jelinek, Markus Nullmeier and
	minor editorization by my
Reviewers: Petr Jelinek, Alvaro Herrera, Teodor Sigaev, Jim Nasby,
	Michael Paquier
2016-04-01 12:21:48 +03:00
Alvaro Herrera
24c5f1a103 Enable logical slots to follow timeline switches
When decoding from a logical slot, it's necessary for xlog reading to be
able to read xlog from historical (i.e. not current) timelines;
otherwise, decoding fails after failover, because the archives are in
the historical timeline.  This is required to make "failover logical
slots" possible; it currently has no other use, although theoretically
it could be used by an extension that creates a slot on a standby and
continues to replay from the slot when the standby is promoted.

This commit includes a module in src/test/modules with functions to
manipulate the slots (which is not otherwise possible in SQL code) in
order to enable testing, and a new test in src/test/recovery to ensure
that the behavior is as expected.

Author: Craig Ringer
Reviewed-By: Oleksii Kliukin, Andres Freund, Petr Jelínek
2016-03-30 20:07:05 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
3b02ea4f07 XLogReader general code cleanup
Some minor tweaks and comment additions, for cleanliness sake and to
avoid having the upcoming timeline-following patch be polluted with
unrelated cleanup.

Extracted from a larger patch by Craig Ringer, reviewed by Andres
Freund, with some additions by myself.
2016-03-30 18:56:13 -03:00
Robert Haas
314cbfc5da Add new replication mode synchronous_commit = 'remote_apply'.
In this mode, the master waits for the transaction to be applied on
the remote side, not just written to disk.  That means that you can
count on a transaction started on the standby to see all commits
previously acknowledged by the master.

To make this work, the standby sends a reply after replaying each
commit record generated with synchronous_commit >= 'remote_apply'.
This introduces a small inefficiency: the extra replies will be sent
even by standbys that aren't the current synchronous standby.  But
previously-existing synchronous_commit levels make no attempt at all
to optimize which replies are sent based on what the primary cares
about, so this is no worse, and at least avoids any extra replies for
people not using the feature at all.

Thomas Munro, reviewed by Michael Paquier and by me.  Some additional
tweaks by me.
2016-03-29 21:29:49 -04:00
Andres Freund
1a7a43672b Don't use !! but != 0/NULL to force boolean evaluation.
I introduced several uses of !! to force bit arithmetic to be boolean,
but per discussion the project prefers != 0/NULL.

Discussion: CA+TgmoZP5KakLGP6B4vUjgMBUW0woq_dJYi0paOz-My0Hwt_vQ@mail.gmail.com
2016-03-27 18:10:19 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
b555ed8102 Merge wal_level "archive" and "hot_standby" into new name "replica"
The distinction between "archive" and "hot_standby" existed only because
at the time "hot_standby" was added, there was some uncertainty about
stability.  This is now a long time ago.  We would like to move forward
with simplifying the replication configuration, but this distinction is
in the way, because a primary server cannot tell (without asking a
standby or predicting the future) which one of these would be the
appropriate level.

Pick a new name for the combined setting to make it clearer that it
covers all (non-logical) backup and replication uses.  The old values
are still accepted but are converted internally.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Steele <david@pgmasters.net>
2016-03-18 23:56:03 +01:00
Robert Haas
3aff33aa68 Fix typos.
Oskari Saarenmaa
2016-03-15 18:06:11 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
5bcc413f80 Fix typos in comments 2016-03-15 17:57:17 -03:00
Robert Haas
481c76abf4 Fix a typo, and remove unnecessary pgstat_report_wait_end().
Per Amit Kapila.
2016-03-11 07:34:00 -05:00
Robert Haas
53be0b1add Provide much better wait information in pg_stat_activity.
When a process is waiting for a heavyweight lock, we will now indicate
the type of heavyweight lock for which it is waiting.  Also, you can
now see when a process is waiting for a lightweight lock - in which
case we will indicate the individual lock name or the tranche, as
appropriate - or for a buffer pin.

Amit Kapila, Ildus Kurbangaliev, reviewed by me.  Lots of helpful
discussion and suggestions by many others, including Alexander
Korotkov, Vladimir Borodin, and many others.
2016-03-10 12:44:09 -05:00
Simon Riggs
e0694cf9c7 Reduce size of two phase file header
Previously 2PC header was fixed at 200 bytes, which in most cases wasted
WAL space for a workload using 2PC heavily.

Pavan Deolasee, reviewed by Petr Jelinek
2016-03-10 12:51:46 +00:00
Andres Freund
1d4a0ab19a Avoid unlikely data-loss scenarios due to rename() without fsync.
Renaming a file using rename(2) is not guaranteed to be durable in face
of crashes. Use the previously added durable_rename()/durable_link_or_rename()
in various places where we previously just renamed files.

Most of the changed call sites are arguably not critical, but it seems
better to err on the side of too much durability.  The most prominent
known case where the previously missing fsyncs could cause data loss is
crashes at the end of a checkpoint. After the actual checkpoint has been
performed, old WAL files are recycled. When they're filled, their
contents are fdatasynced, but we did not fsync the containing
directory. An OS/hardware crash in an unfortunate moment could then end
up leaving that file with its old name, but new content; WAL replay
would thus not replay it.

Reported-By: Tomas Vondra
Author: Michael Paquier, Tomas Vondra, Andres Freund
Discussion: 56583BDD.9060302@2ndquadrant.com
Backpatch: All supported branches
2016-03-09 18:53:53 -08:00
Robert Haas
b6fb6471f6 Add a generic command progress reporting facility.
Using this facility, any utility command can report the target relation
upon which it is operating, if there is one, and up to 10 64-bit
counters; the intent of this is that users should be able to figure out
what a utility command is doing without having to resort to ugly hacks
like attaching strace to a backend.

As a demonstration, this adds very crude reporting to lazy vacuum; we
just report the target relation and nothing else.  A forthcoming patch
will make VACUUM report a bunch of additional data that will make this
much more interesting.  But this gets the basic framework in place.

Vinayak Pokale, Rahila Syed, Amit Langote, Robert Haas, reviewed by
Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jim Nasby, Thom Brown, Masahiko Sawada, Fujii Masao,
and Masanori Oyama.
2016-03-09 12:08:58 -05:00
Fujii Masao
d34794f7d5 Ignore recovery_min_apply_delay until recovery has reached consistent state
Previously recovery_min_apply_delay was applied even before recovery
had reached consistency. This could cause us to wait a long time
unexpectedly for read-only connections to be allowed. It's problematic
because the standby was useless during that wait time.

This patch changes recovery_min_apply_delay so that it's applied once
the database has reached the consistent state. That is, even if the delay
is set, the standby tries to replay WAL records as fast as possible until
it has reached consistency.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-By: Julien Rouhaud
Reported-By: Greg Clough
Backpatch: 9.4, where recovery_min_apply_delay was added
Bug: #13770
Discussion: http://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20151111155006.2644.84564@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2016-03-06 02:29:04 +09:00
Robert Haas
6fcde8a5c8 Minor improvements to transaction manager README.
A simple SELECT is handled by PortalRunSelect, not ProcessQuery.  Also,
the previous indentation was unclear: change it so that a deeper level
of indentation indicates that the outer function calls the inner one.

Stas Kelvich
2016-03-04 14:12:28 -05:00
Robert Haas
df4685fb0c Minor optimizations based on ParallelContext having nworkers_launched.
Originally, we didn't have nworkers_launched, so code that used parallel
contexts had to be preprared for the possibility that not all of the
workers requested actually got launched.  But now we can count on knowing
the number of workers that were successfully launched, which can shave
off a few cycles and simplify some code slightly.

Amit Kapila, reviewed by Haribabu Kommi, per a suggestion from Peter
Geoghegan.
2016-03-04 12:59:10 -05:00
Simon Riggs
481725c0ba Correct StartupSUBTRANS for page wraparound
StartupSUBTRANS() incorrectly handled cases near the max pageid in the subtrans
data structure, which in some cases could lead to errors in startup for Hot
Standby.
This patch wraps the pageids correctly, avoiding any such errors.
Identified by exhaustive crash testing by Jeff Janes.

Jeff Janes
2016-02-19 08:31:12 +00:00
Andres Freund
7975c5e0a9 Allow the WAL writer to flush WAL at a reduced rate.
Commit 4de82f7d7 increased the WAL flush rate, mainly to increase the
likelihood that hint bits can be set quickly. More quickly set hint bits
can reduce contention around the clog et al.  But unfortunately the
increased flush rate can have a significant negative performance impact,
I have measured up to a factor of ~4.  The reason for this slowdown is
that if there are independent writes to the underlying devices, for
example because shared buffers is a lot smaller than the hot data set,
or because a checkpoint is ongoing, the fdatasync() calls force cache
flushes to be emitted to the storage.

This is achieved by flushing WAL only if the last flush was longer than
wal_writer_delay ago, or if more than wal_writer_flush_after (new GUC)
unflushed blocks are pending. Based on some tests the default for
wal_writer_delay is 1MB, which seems to work well both on SSD and
rotational media.

To avoid negative performance impact due to 4de82f7d7 an earlier
commit (db76b1e) made SetHintBits() more likely to succeed; preventing
performance regressions in the pgbench tests I performed.

Discussion: 20160118163908.GW10941@awork2.anarazel.de
2016-02-16 00:56:34 +01:00
Joe Conway
59a884e985 Change delimiter used for display of NextXID
NextXID has been rendered in the form of a pg_lsn even though it
really is not. This can cause confusion, so change the format from
%u/%u to %u:%u, per discussion on hackers.

Complaint by me, patch by me and Bruce, reviewed by Michael Paquier
and Alvaro. Applied to HEAD only.

Author: Joe Conway, Bruce Momjian
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera
Backpatch-through: master
2016-02-12 14:23:59 -08:00
Robert Haas
63461a63f9 Make builtin lwlock tranche names consistent.
Previously, we had a mix of styles.

Amit Kapila
2016-02-12 08:07:11 -05:00
Tom Lane
d18643c4a6 Shift the responsibility for emitting "database system is shut down".
Historically this message has been emitted at the end of ShutdownXLOG().
That's not an insane place for it in a standalone backend, but in the
postmaster environment we've grown a fair amount of stuff that happens
later, including archiver/walsender shutdown, stats collector shutdown,
etc.  Recent buildfarm experimentation showed that on slower machines
there could be many seconds' delay between finishing ShutdownXLOG() and
actual postmaster exit.  That's fairly confusing, both for testing
purposes and for DBAs.  Hence, move the code that prints this message
into UnlinkLockFiles(), so that it comes out just after we remove the
postmaster's pidfile.  That is a more appropriate definition of "is shut
down" from the point of view of "pg_ctl stop", for example.  In general,
removing the pidfile should be the last externally-visible action of
either a postmaster or a standalone backend; compare commit
d73d14c271 for instance.  So this seems
like a reasonably future-proof approach.
2016-02-11 14:14:22 -05:00
Tom Lane
c5e9b77127 Revert "Temporarily make pg_ctl and server shutdown a whole lot chattier."
This reverts commit 3971f64843 and a
couple of followon debugging commits; I think we've learned what we can
from them.
2016-02-10 16:01:04 -05:00
Tom Lane
7351e18286 Add more chattiness in server shutdown.
Early returns from the buildfarm show that there's a bit of a gap in the
logging I added in 3971f64843: the portion of CreateCheckPoint()
after CheckPointGuts() can take a fair amount of time.  Add a few more
log messages in that section of code.  This too shall be reverted later.
2016-02-09 11:21:46 -05:00
Tom Lane
3971f64843 Temporarily make pg_ctl and server shutdown a whole lot chattier.
This is a quick hack, due to be reverted when its purpose has been served,
to try to gather information about why some of the buildfarm critters
regularly fail with "postmaster does not shut down" complaints.  Maybe they
are just really overloaded, but maybe something else is going on.  Hence,
instrument pg_ctl to print the current time when it starts waiting for
postmaster shutdown and when it gives up, and add a lot of logging of the
current time in the server's checkpoint and shutdown code paths.

No attempt has been made to make this pretty.  I'm not even totally sure
if it will build on Windows, but we'll soon find out.
2016-02-08 18:43:11 -05:00
Robert Haas
7c944bd903 Introduce a new GUC force_parallel_mode for testing purposes.
When force_parallel_mode = true, we enable the parallel mode restrictions
for all queries for which this is believed to be safe.  For the subset of
those queries believed to be safe to run entirely within a worker, we spin
up a worker and run the query there instead of running it in the
original process.  When force_parallel_mode = regress, make additional
changes to allow the regression tests to run cleanly even though parallel
workers have been injected under the hood.

Taken together, this facilitates both better user testing and better
regression testing of the parallelism code.

Robert Haas, with help from Amit Kapila and Rushabh Lathia.
2016-02-07 11:41:33 -05:00
Robert Haas
a1c1af2a1f Introduce group locking to prevent parallel processes from deadlocking.
For locking purposes, we now regard heavyweight locks as mutually
non-conflicting between cooperating parallel processes.  There are some
possible pitfalls to this approach that are not to be taken lightly,
but it works OK for now and can be changed later if we find a better
approach.  Without this, it's very easy for parallel queries to
silently self-deadlock if the user backend holds strong relation locks.

Robert Haas, with help from Amit Kapila.  Thanks to Noah Misch and
Andres Freund for extensive discussion of possible issues with this
approach.
2016-02-07 10:16:13 -05:00
Robert Haas
7191ce8bea Make all built-in lwlock tranche IDs fixed.
This makes the values more stable, which seems like a good thing for
anybody who needs to look at at them.

Alexander Korotkov and Amit Kapila
2016-02-02 06:45:55 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
61ce1e8f15 Fix misspelled function name in comment. 2016-02-01 10:10:24 +02:00
Simon Riggs
978b2f65aa Speedup 2PC by skipping two phase state files in normal path
2PC state info is written only to WAL at PREPARE, then read back from WAL at
COMMIT PREPARED/ABORT PREPARED. Prepared transactions that live past one bufmgr
checkpoint cycle will be written to disk in the same form as previously. Crash
recovery path is not altered. Measured performance gains of 50-100% for short
2PC transactions by completely avoiding writing files and fsyncing. Other
optimizations still available, further patches in related areas expected.

Stas Kelvich and heavily edited by Simon Riggs

Based upon earlier ideas and patches by Michael Paquier and Heikki Linnakangas,
a concrete example of how Postgres-XC has fed back ideas into PostgreSQL.

Reviewed by Michael Paquier, Jeff Janes and Andres Freund
Performance testing by Jesper Pedersen
2016-01-20 18:40:44 -08:00
Simon Riggs
422a55a687 Refactor to create generic WAL page read callback
Previously we didn’t have a generic WAL page read callback function,
surprisingly. Logical decoding has logical_read_local_xlog_page(), which was
actually generic, so move that to xlogfunc.c and rename to
read_local_xlog_page().
Maintain logical_read_local_xlog_page() so existing callers still work.

As requested by Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera and Andres Freund
2016-01-20 17:18:58 -08:00
Simon Riggs
e63bb4549a Add new user fn pg_current_xlog_flush_location()
Tomas Vondra, reviewed by Michael Paquier and Amit Kapila
Minor edits by me
2016-01-12 07:54:52 +00:00
Simon Riggs
1e29e6324c Maintain local LogwrtResult consistently
Teach GetFlushRecPtr() to update LogwrtResult cache as performed by all other
functions in xlog.c
2016-01-12 07:33:20 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
ee94300446 Update copyright for 2016
Backpatch certain files through 9.1
2016-01-02 13:33:40 -05:00
Noah Misch
3cd1ba147e Fix comments about WAL rule "write xlog before data" versus pg_multixact.
Recovery does not achieve its goal of zeroing all pg_multixact entries
whose accompanying WAL records never reached disk.  Remove that claim
and justify its expendability.  Detail the need for TrimMultiXact(),
which has little in common with the TrimCLOG() rationale.  Merge two
tightly-related comments.  Stop presenting pg_multixact as specific to
heap_lock_tuple(); PostgreSQL 9.3 extended its use to heap_update().

Noticed while investigating a report from Andres Freund.
2016-01-01 01:46:46 -05:00
Joe Conway
241448b23a Rename (new|old)estCommitTs to (new|old)estCommitTsXid
The variables newestCommitTs and oldestCommitTs sound as if they are
timestamps, but in fact they are the transaction Ids that correspond
to the newest and oldest timestamps rather than the actual timestamps.
Rename these variables to reflect that they are actually xids: to wit
newestCommitTsXid and oldestCommitTsXid respectively. Also modify
related code in a similar fashion, particularly the user facing output
emitted by pg_controldata and pg_resetxlog.

Complaint and patch by me, review by Tom Lane and Alvaro Herrera.
Backpatch to 9.5 where these variables were first introduced.
2015-12-28 12:34:11 -08:00
Robert Haas
3fed417452 Provide a way to predefine LWLock tranche IDs.
It's a bit cumbersome to use LWLockNewTrancheId(), because the returned
value needs to be shared between backends so that each backend can call
LWLockRegisterTranche() with the correct ID.  So, for built-in tranches,
use a hard-coded value instead.

This is motivated by an upcoming patch adding further built-in tranches.

Andres Freund and Robert Haas
2015-12-15 11:48:19 -05:00
Andres Freund
cca705a5d9 Fix bug in SetOffsetVacuumLimit() triggered by find_multixact_start() failure.
Previously, if find_multixact_start() failed, SetOffsetVacuumLimit() would
install 0 into MultiXactState->offsetStopLimit if it previously succeeded.
Luckily, there are no known cases where find_multixact_start() will return
an error in 9.5 and above. But if it were to happen, for example due to
filesystem permission issues, it'd be somewhat bad: GetNewMultiXactId()
could continue allocating mxids even if close to a wraparound, or it could
erroneously stop allocating mxids, even if no wraparound is looming.  The
wrong value would be corrected the next time SetOffsetVacuumLimit() is
called, or by a restart.

Reported-By: Noah Misch, although this is not his preferred fix
Discussion: 20151210140450.GA22278@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 9.5, where the bug was introduced as part of 4f627f
2015-12-14 11:34:16 +01:00
Alvaro Herrera
69e7235c93 Fix commit timestamp initialization
This module needs explicit initialization in order to replay WAL records
in recovery, but we had broken this recently following changes to make
other (stranger) scenarios work correctly.  To fix, rework the
initialization sequence so that it always takes place before WAL replay
commences for both master and standby.

I could have gone for a more localized fix that just added a "startup"
call for the master server, but it seemed better to restructure the
existing callers as well so that the whole thing made more sense.  As a
drawback, there is more control logic in xlog.c now than previously, but
doing otherwise meant passing down the ControlFile flag, which seemed
uglier as a whole.

This also meant adding a check to not re-execute ActivateCommitTs if it
had already been called.

Reported by Fujii Masao.

Backpatch to 9.5.
2015-12-11 14:30:43 -03:00
Peter Eisentraut
a351705d8a Improve some messages 2015-12-10 22:05:27 -05:00
Andres Freund
e3f4cfc7aa Fix bug leading to restoring unlogged relations from empty files.
At the end of crash recovery, unlogged relations are reset to the empty
state, using their init fork as the template. The init fork is copied to
the main fork without going through shared buffers. Unfortunately WAL
replay so far has not necessarily flushed writes from shared buffers to
disk at that point. In normal crash recovery, and before the
introduction of 'fast promotions' in fd4ced523 / 9.3, the
END_OF_RECOVERY checkpoint flushes the buffers out in time. But with
fast promotions that's not the case anymore.

To fix, force WAL writes targeting the init fork to be flushed
immediately (using the new FlushOneBuffer() function). In 9.5+ that
flush can centrally be triggered from the code dealing with restoring
full page writes (XLogReadBufferForRedoExtended), in earlier releases
that responsibility is in the hands of XLOG_HEAP_NEWPAGE's replay
function.

Backpatch to 9.1, even if this currently is only known to trigger in
9.3+. Flushing earlier is more robust, and it is advantageous to keep
the branches similar.

Typical symptoms of this bug are errors like
'ERROR:  index "..." contains unexpected zero page at block 0'
shortly after promoting a node.

Reported-By: Thom Brown
Author: Andres Freund and Michael Paquier
Discussion: 20150326175024.GJ451@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 9.1-
2015-12-10 16:29:26 +01:00
Alvaro Herrera
820ddb2c2f Further tweak commit_timestamp behavior
As pointed out by Fujii Masao, we weren't quite there on a standby
behaving sanely: first because we were failing to acquire the correct
state in the case where no XLOG_PARAMETER_CHANGE message was sent
(because a checkpoint had already happened after the setting was changed
in the master, and then the standby was restarted); and second because
promoting the standby with the feature enabled failed to activate it if
the master had the feature disabled.

This patch fixes both those misbehaviors hopefully without
re-introducing any old problems.

Also change the hint emitted in a standby together with the error
message about the feature being disabled, to make it point out that the
place to chance the setting is the master.  Otherwise, if the setting is
already enabled in the standby, it is very confusing to have it say that
the setting must be enabled ...

Authors: Álvaro Herrera, Petr Jelínek.
Backpatch to 9.5.
2015-12-03 19:22:31 -03:00
Peter Eisentraut
5db837d3f2 Message improvements 2015-11-16 21:39:23 -05:00
Robert Haas
fe702a7b3f Move each SLRU's lwlocks to a separate tranche.
This makes it significantly easier to identify these lwlocks in
LWLOCK_STATS or Trace_lwlocks output.  It's also arguably better
from a modularity standpoint, since lwlock.c no longer needs to
know anything about the LWLock needs of the higher-level SLRU
facility.

Ildus Kurbangaliev, reviewd by Álvaro Herrera and by me.
2015-11-12 14:59:09 -05:00
Robert Haas
64b2e7ad91 Pass extra data to bgworkers, and use this to fix parallel contexts.
Up until now, the total amount of data that could be passed to a
background worker at startup was one datum, which can be a small as
4 bytes on some systems.  That's enough to pass a dsm_handle or an
array index, but not much else.  Add a bgw_extra flag to the
BackgroundWorker struct, allowing up to 128 bytes to be passed to
a new worker on any platform.

Use this to fix a problem I recently discovered with the parallel
context machinery added in 9.5: the master assigns each worker an
array index, and each worker subsequently assigns itself an array
index, and there's nothing to guarantee that the two sets of indexes
match, leading to chaos.

Normally, I would not back-patch the change to add bgw_extra, since it
is basically a feature addition.  However, since 9.5 is still in beta
and there seems to be no other sensible way to repair the broken
parallel context machinery, back-patch to 9.5.  Existing background
worker code can ignore the bgw_extra field without a problem, but
might need to be recompiled since the structure size has changed.

Report and patch by me.  Review by Amit Kapila.
2015-11-05 12:13:56 -05:00
Robert Haas
3a1f8611f2 Update parallel executor support to reuse the same DSM.
Commit b0b0d84b3d purported to make it
possible to relaunch workers using the same parallel context, but it had
an unpleasant race condition: we might reinitialize after the workers
have sent their last control message but before they have dettached the
DSM, leaving to crashes.  Repair by introducing a new ParallelContext
operation, ReinitializeParallelDSM.

Adjust execParallel.c to use this new support, so that we can rescan a
Gather node by relaunching workers but without needing to recreate the
DSM.

Amit Kapila, with some adjustments by me.  Extracted from latest parallel
sequential scan patch.
2015-10-30 10:44:54 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
a8d585c091 Message style improvements
Message style, plurals, quoting, spelling, consistency with similar
messages
2015-10-28 20:38:36 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
531d21b75f Cleanup commit timestamp module activaction, again
Further tweak commit_ts.c so that on a standby the state is completely
consistent with what that in the master, rather than behaving
differently in the cases that the settings differ.  Now in standby and
master the module should always be active or inactive in lockstep.

Author: Petr Jelínek, with some further tweaks by Álvaro Herrera.

Backpatch to 9.5, where commit timestamps were introduced.

Discussion: http://www.postgresql.org/message-id/5622BF9D.2010409@2ndquadrant.com
2015-10-27 15:06:50 -03:00
Robert Haas
31ba62ce32 Fix typos in comments.
CharSyam
2015-10-22 14:52:23 -04:00
Robert Haas
b0b0d84b3d Allow a parallel context to relaunch workers.
This may allow some callers to avoid the overhead involved in tearing
down a parallel context and then setting up a new one, which means
releasing the DSM and then allocating and populating a new one.  I
suspect we'll want to revise the Gather node to make use of this new
capability, but even if not it may be useful elsewhere and requires
very little additional code.
2015-10-16 17:18:05 -04:00
Robert Haas
a53c06a13e Prohibit parallel query when the isolation level is serializable.
In order for this to be safe, the code which hands true serializability
will need to taught that the SIRead locks taken by a parallel worker
pertain to the same transaction as those taken by the parallel leader.
Some further changes may be needed as well.  Until the necessary
adaptations are made, don't generate parallel plans in serializable
mode, and if a previously-generated parallel plan is used after
serializable mode has been activated, run it serially.

This fixes a bug in commit 7aea8e4f2d.
2015-10-16 11:58:27 -04:00
Robert Haas
82b37765c7 Fix a problem with parallel workers being unable to restore role.
check_role() tries to verify that the user has permission to become the
requested role, but this is inappropriate in a parallel worker, which
needs to exactly recreate the master's authorization settings.  So skip
the check in that case.

This fixes a bug in commit 924bcf4f16.
2015-10-16 11:37:19 -04:00
Robert Haas
6de6d96d97 Invalidate caches after cranking up a parallel worker transaction.
Starting a parallel worker transaction changes our notion of which XIDs
are in-progress or committed, and our notion of the current command
counter ID.  Therefore, our view of these caches prior to starting
this transaction may no longer valid.  Defend against that by clearing
them.

This fixes a bug in commit 924bcf4f16.
2015-10-16 11:31:23 -04:00
Robert Haas
94b4f7e2a6 Tighten up application of parallel mode checks.
Commit 924bcf4f16 failed to enforce
parallel mode checks during the commit of a parallel worker, because
we exited parallel mode prior to ending the transaction so that we
could pop the active snapshot.  Re-establish parallel mode during
parallel worker commit.  Without this, it's far too easy for unsafe
actions during the pre-commit sequence to crash the server instead of
hitting the error checks as intended.

Just to be extra paranoid, adjust a couple of the sanity checks in
xact.c to check not only IsInParallelMode() but also
IsParallelWorker().
2015-10-16 09:59:57 -04:00
Robert Haas
423ec0877f Transfer current command counter ID to parallel workers.
Commit 924bcf4f16 correctly forbade
parallel workers to modify the command counter while in parallel mode,
but it inexplicably neglected to actually transfer the current command
counter from leader to workers.  This can result in the workers seeing
a different set of tuples from the leader, which is bad.  Repair.
2015-10-16 09:58:42 -04:00
Robert Haas
2ad5c27bb5 Don't send protocol messages to a shm_mq that no longer exists.
Commit 2bd9e412f9 introduced a mechanism
for relaying protocol messages from a background worker to another
backend via a shm_mq.  However, there was no provision for shutting
down the communication channel.  Therefore, a protocol message sent
late in the shutdown sequence, such as a DEBUG message resulting from
cranking up log_min_messages, could crash the server.  To fix, install
an on_dsm_detach callback that disables sending messages to the shm_mq
when the associated DSM is detached.
2015-10-16 09:42:33 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
e06b2e1d2e Don't disable commit_ts in standby if enabled locally
Bug noticed by Fujii Masao
2015-10-02 12:49:01 -03:00
Peter Eisentraut
87c2b517ac Fix message punctuation according to style guide 2015-10-01 21:39:56 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
f12e814b88 Fix commit_ts for standby
Module initialization was still not completely correct after commit
6b61955135, per crash report from Takashi Ohnishi.  To fix, instead of
trying to monkey around with the value of the GUC setting directly, add
a separate boolean flag that enables the feature on a standby, but only
for the startup (recovery) process, when it sees that its master server
has the feature enabled.
Discussion: http://www.postgresql.org/message-id/ca44c6c7f9314868bdc521aea4f77cbf@MP-MSGSS-MBX004.msg.nttdata.co.jp

Also change the deactivation routine to delete all segment files rather
than leaving the last one around.  (This doesn't need separate
WAL-logging, because on recovery we execute the same deactivation
routine anyway.)

In passing, clean up the code structure somewhat, particularly so that
xlog.c doesn't know so much about when to activate/deactivate the
feature.

Thanks to Fujii Masao for testing and Petr Jelínek for off-list discussion.

Back-patch to 9.5, where commit_ts was introduced.
2015-10-01 15:06:55 -03:00
Robert Haas
227d57f358 Don't dump core when destroying an unused ParallelContext.
If a transaction or subtransaction creates a ParallelContext but ends
without calling InitializeParallelDSM, the previous code would
seg fault.  Fix that.
2015-09-30 18:36:31 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
6b61955135 Code review for transaction commit timestamps
There are three main changes here:

1. No longer cause a start failure in a standby if the feature is
disabled in postgresql.conf but enabled in the master.  This reverts one
part of commit 4f3924d9cd43; what we keep is the ability of the standby
to activate/deactivate the module (which includes creating and removing
segments as appropriate) during replay of such actions in the master.

2. Replay WAL records affecting commitTS even if the feature is
disabled.  This means the standby will always have the same state as the
master after replay.

3. Have COMMIT PREPARE record the transaction commit time as well.  We
were previously only applying it in the normal transaction commit path.

Author: Petr Jelínek
Discussion: http://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAHGQGwHereDzzzmfxEBYcVQu3oZv6vZcgu1TPeERWbDc+gQ06g@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAHGQGwFuzfO4JscM9LCAmCDCxp_MfLvN4QdB+xWsS-FijbjTYQ@mail.gmail.com

Additionally, I cleaned up nearby code related to replication origins,
which I found a bit hard to follow, and fixed a couple of typos.

Backpatch to 9.5, where this code was introduced.

Per bug reports from Fujii Masao and subsequent discussion.
2015-09-29 14:40:56 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
17f5831c81 Fix "sesssion" typo
It was introduced alongside replication origins, by commit
5aa2350426, so backpatch to 9.5.

Pointed out by Fujii Masao
2015-09-28 19:13:42 -03:00
Andres Freund
aa29c1ccd9 Remove legacy multixact truncation support.
In 9.5 and master there is no need to support legacy truncation. This is
just committed separately to make it easier to backpatch the WAL logged
multixact truncation to 9.3 and 9.4 if we later decide to do so.

I bumped master's magic from 0xD086 to 0xD088 and 9.5's from 0xD085 to
0xD087 to avoid 9.5 reusing a value that has been in use on master while
keeping the numbers increasing between major versions.

Discussion: 20150621192409.GA4797@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 9.5
2015-09-26 19:04:25 +02:00
Andres Freund
4f627f8973 Rework the way multixact truncations work.
The fact that multixact truncations are not WAL logged has caused a fair
share of problems. Amongst others it requires to do computations during
recovery while the database is not in a consistent state, delaying
truncations till checkpoints, and handling members being truncated, but
offset not.

We tried to put bandaids on lots of these issues over the last years,
but it seems time to change course. Thus this patch introduces WAL
logging for multixact truncations.

This allows:
1) to perform the truncation directly during VACUUM, instead of delaying it
   to the checkpoint.
2) to avoid looking at the offsets SLRU for truncation during recovery,
   we can just use the master's values.
3) simplify a fair amount of logic to keep in memory limits straight,
   this has gotten much easier

During the course of fixing this a bunch of additional bugs had to be
fixed:
1) Data was not purged from memory the member's SLRU before deleting
   segments. This happened to be hard or impossible to hit due to the
   interlock between checkpoints and truncation.
2) find_multixact_start() relied on SimpleLruDoesPhysicalPageExist - but
   that doesn't work for offsets that haven't yet been flushed to
   disk. Add code to flush the SLRUs to fix. Not pretty, but it feels
   slightly safer to only make decisions based on actual on-disk state.
3) find_multixact_start() could be called concurrently with a truncation
   and thus fail. Via SetOffsetVacuumLimit() that could lead to a round
   of emergency vacuuming. The problem remains in
   pg_get_multixact_members(), but that's quite harmless.

For now this is going to only get applied to 9.5+, leaving the issues in
the older branches in place. It is quite possible that we need to
backpatch at a later point though.

For the case this gets backpatched we need to handle that an updated
standby may be replaying WAL from a not-yet upgraded primary. We have to
recognize that situation and use "old style" truncation (i.e. looking at
the SLRUs) during WAL replay. In contrast to before, this now happens in
the startup process, when replaying a checkpoint record, instead of the
checkpointer. Doing truncation in the restartpoint is incorrect, they
can happen much later than the original checkpoint, thereby leading to
wraparound.  To avoid "multixact_redo: unknown op code 48" errors
standbys would have to be upgraded before primaries.

A later patch will bump the WAL page magic, and remove the legacy
truncation codepaths. Legacy truncation support is just included to make
a possible future backpatch easier.

Discussion: 20150621192409.GA4797@alap3.anarazel.de
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas, Alvaro Herrera, Thomas Munro
Backpatch: 9.5 for now
2015-09-26 19:04:25 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
4a1e15e4a9 Add missing serial comma 2015-09-18 22:41:42 -04:00
Fujii Masao
10fbb79f1a Improve log messages related to tablespace_map file
This patch changes the log message which is logged when the server
successfully renames backup_label file to *.old but fails to rename
tablespace_map file during the shutdown. Previously the WARNING
message "online backup mode was not canceled" was logged in that case.
However this message is confusing because the backup mode is treated
as canceled whenever backup_label is successfully renamed. So this
commit makes the server log the message "online backup mode canceled"
in that case.

Also this commit changes errdetail messages so that they follow the
error message style guide.

Back-patch to 9.5 where tablespace_map file is introduced.

Original patch by Amit Kapila, heavily modified by me.
2015-09-15 23:21:51 +09:00
Fujii Masao
96f6a0cb41 Remove files signaling a standby promotion request at postmaster startup
This commit makes postmaster forcibly remove the files signaling
a standby promotion request. Otherwise, the existence of those files
can trigger a promotion too early, whether a user wants that or not.

This removal of files is usually unnecessary because they can exist
only during a few moments during a standby promotion. However
there is a race condition: if pg_ctl promote is executed and creates
the files during a promotion, the files can stay around even after
the server is brought up to new master. Then, if new standby starts
by using the backup taken from that master, the files can exist
at the server startup and should be removed in order to avoid
an unexpected promotion.

Back-patch to 9.1 where promote signal file was introduced.

Problem reported by Feike Steenbergen.
Original patch by Michael Paquier, modified by me.

Discussion: 20150528100705.4686.91426@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2015-09-09 22:51:44 +09:00
Heikki Linnakangas
c80b5f66c6 Fix misc typos.
Oskari Saarenmaa. Backpatch to stable branches where applicable.
2015-09-05 11:35:49 +03:00
Tom Lane
c5454f99c4 Fix subtransaction cleanup after an outer-subtransaction portal fails.
Formerly, we treated only portals created in the current subtransaction as
having failed during subtransaction abort.  However, if the error occurred
while running a portal created in an outer subtransaction (ie, a cursor
declared before the last savepoint), that has to be considered broken too.

To allow reliable detection of which ones those are, add a bookkeeping
field to struct Portal that tracks the innermost subtransaction in which
each portal has actually been executed.  (Without this, we'd end up
failing portals containing functions that had called the subtransaction,
thereby breaking plpgsql exception blocks completely.)

In addition, when we fail an outer-subtransaction Portal, transfer its
resources into the subtransaction's resource owner, so that they're
released early in cleanup of the subxact.  This fixes a problem reported by
Jim Nasby in which a function executed in an outer-subtransaction cursor
could cause an Assert failure or crash by referencing a relation created
within the inner subtransaction.

The proximate cause of the Assert failure is that AtEOSubXact_RelationCache
assumed it could blow away a relcache entry without first checking that the
entry had zero refcount.  That was a bad idea on its own terms, so add such
a check there, and to the similar coding in AtEOXact_RelationCache.  This
provides an independent safety measure in case there are still ways to
provoke the situation despite the Portal-level changes.

This has been broken since subtransactions were invented, so back-patch
to all supported branches.

Tom Lane and Michael Paquier
2015-09-04 13:37:14 -04:00
Fujii Masao
1ea5ce5c5f Document that max_worker_processes must be high enough in standby.
The setting values of some parameters including max_worker_processes
must be equal to or higher than the values on the master. However,
previously max_worker_processes was not listed as such parameter
in the document. So this commit adds it to that list.

Back-patch to 9.4 where max_worker_processes was added.
2015-09-03 22:30:16 +09:00
Alvaro Herrera
e68be16b0d Do not allow *timestamp to be passed as NULL
The code had bugs that would cause crashes if NULL was passed as that
argument (originally intended to mean not to bother returning its
value), and after inspection it turns out that nothing seems interested
in the case that *ts is NULL anyway.  Therefore, remove the partial
checks intended to support that case.

Author: Michael Paquier
though I didn't include a proposed Assert.

Backpatch to 9.5.
2015-08-21 14:36:54 -03:00
Andres Freund
e95126cf04 Don't use function definitions looking like old-style ones.
This fixes a bunch of somewhat pedantic warnings with new
compilers. Since by far the majority of other functions definitions use
the (void) style it just seems to be consistent to do so as well in the
remaining few places.
2015-08-15 17:25:00 +02:00
Andres Freund
18e8613564 Address points made in post-commit review of replication origins.
Amit reviewed the replication origins patch and made some good
points. Address them. This fixes typos in error messages, docs and
comments and adds a missing error check (although in a
should-never-happen scenario).

Discussion: CAA4eK1JqUBVeWWKwUmBPryFaje4190ug0y-OAUHWQ6tD83V4xg@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 9.5, where replication origins were introduced.
2015-08-07 15:09:05 +02:00
Robert Haas
0e141c0fbb Reduce ProcArrayLock contention by removing backends in batches.
When a write transaction commits, it must clear its XID advertised via
the ProcArray, which requires that we hold ProcArrayLock in exclusive
mode in order to prevent concurrent processes running GetSnapshotData
from seeing inconsistent results.  When many processes try to commit
at once, ProcArrayLock must change hands repeatedly, with each
concurrent process trying to commit waking up to acquire the lock in
turn.  To make things more efficient, when more than one backend is
trying to commit a write transaction at the same time, have just one
of them acquire ProcArrayLock in exclusive mode and clear the XIDs of
all processes in the group.  Benchmarking reveals that this is much
more efficient at very high client counts.

Amit Kapila, heavily revised by me, with some review also from Pavan
Deolasee.
2015-08-06 12:02:12 -04:00
Fujii Masao
dd85acf0c4 Make recovery rename tablespace_map to *.old if backup_label is not present.
If tablespace_map file is present without backup_label file, there is
no use of such file.  There is no harm in retaining it, but it is better
to get rid of the map file so that we don't have any redundant file
in data directory and it will avoid any sort of confusion. It seems
prudent though to just rename the file out of the way rather than
delete it completely, also we ignore any error that occurs in rename
operation as even if map file is present without backup_label file,
it is harmless.

Back-patch to 9.5 where tablespace_map file was introduced.

Amit Kapila, reviewed by Robert Haas, Alvaro Herrera and me.
2015-08-03 23:04:41 +09:00
Heikki Linnakangas
358cde320b Fix race condition that lead to WALInsertLock deadlock with commit_delay.
If a call to WaitForXLogInsertionsToFinish() returned a value in the middle
of a page, and another backend then started to insert a record to the same
page, and then you called WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish() again, the second
call might return a smaller value than the first call. The problem was in
GetXLogBuffer(), which always updated the insertingAt value to the
beginning of the requested page, not the actual requested location. Because
of that, the second call might return a xlog pointer to the beginning of
the page, while the first one returned a later position on the same page.
XLogFlush() performs two calls to WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish() in
succession, and holds WALWriteLock on the second call, which can deadlock
if the second call to WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish() blocks.

Reported by Spiros Ioannou. Backpatch to 9.4, where the more scalable
WALInsertLock mechanism, and this bug, was introduced.
2015-08-02 20:08:10 +03:00
Andres Freund
7039760114 Fix issues around the "variable" support in the lwlock infrastructure.
The lwlock scalability work introduced two race conditions into the
lwlock variable support provided for xlog.c. First, and harmlessly on
most platforms, it set/read the variable without the spinlock in some
places. Secondly, due to the removal of the spinlock, it was possible
that a backend missed changes to the variable's state if it changed in
the wrong moment because checking the lock's state, the variable's state
and the queuing are not protected by a single spinlock acquisition
anymore.

To fix first move resetting the variable's from LWLockAcquireWithVar to
WALInsertLockRelease, via a new function LWLockReleaseClearVar. That
prevents issues around waiting for a variable's value to change when a
new locker has acquired the lock, but not yet set the value. Secondly
re-check that the variable hasn't changed after enqueing, that prevents
the issue that the lock has been released and already re-acquired by the
time the woken up backend checks for the lock's state.

Reported-By: Jeff Janes
Analyzed-By: Heikki Linnakangas
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: 5592DB35.2060401@iki.fi
Backpatch: 9.5, where the lwlock scalability went in
2015-08-02 18:41:23 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
5e65f45c6e Another attempt at fixing memory leak in xlogreader.
max_block_id is also reset between reading records.

Michael Paquier
2015-07-28 09:09:36 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
61a65c53bd Fix memory leak in xlogreader facility.
XLogReaderFree failed to free the per-block data buffers, when they
happened to not be used by the latest read WAL record.

Michael Paquier. Backpatch to 9.5, where the per-block buffers were added.
2015-07-27 18:29:31 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
766dcfb16c Fix off-by-one error in calculating subtrans/multixact truncation point.
If there were no subtransactions (or multixacts) active, we would calculate
the oldestxid == next xid. That's correct, but if next XID happens to be
on the next pg_subtrans (pg_multixact) page, the page does not exist yet,
and SimpleLruTruncate will produce an "apparent wraparound" warning. The
warning is harmless in this case, but looks very alarming to users.

Backpatch to all supported versions. Patch and analysis by Thomas Munro.
2015-07-23 01:29:59 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
eb11de8ff5 Sanity-check that a page zeroed by redo routine is marked with WILL_INIT.
There was already a sanity-check in the other direction: if a page was
marked with WILL_INIT, it had to be initialized by the redo routine. It's
not strictly necessary for correctness that a page is marked with WILL_INIT
if it's going to be initialized at redo, but it's a missed optimization if
nothing else.

Fix a few instances of this issue in SP-GiST, where a block in WAL record
was not marked with WILL_INIT, but was in fact always initialized at redo.
We were creating a full-page image of the page unnecessarily in those
cases.

Backpatch to 9.5, where the new WILL_INIT flag was added.
2015-07-20 22:34:01 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
f92d6a540a Use appendStringInfoString/Char et al where appropriate.
Patch by David Rowley. Backpatch to 9.5, as some of the calls were new in
9.5, and keeping the code in sync with master makes future backpatching
easier.
2015-07-02 12:36:03 +03:00
Fujii Masao
8217370864 Make XLogFileCopy() look the same as in 9.4.
XLogFileCopy() was changed heavily in commit de76884. However it was
partially reverted in commit 7abc685 and most of those changes to
XLogFileCopy() were no longer needed. Then commit 7cbee7c removed
those unnecessary code, but XLogFileCopy() looked different in master
and 9.4 though the contents are almost the same.

This patch makes XLogFileCopy() look the same in master and back-branches,
which makes back-patching easier, per discussion on pgsql-hackers.
Back-patch to 9.5.

Discussion: 55760844.7090703@iki.fi

Michael Paquier
2015-07-01 10:54:47 +09:00
Heikki Linnakangas
d661532e27 Also trigger restartpoints based on max_wal_size on standby.
When archive recovery and restartpoints were initially introduced,
checkpoint_segments was ignored on the grounds that the files restored from
archive don't consume any space in the recovery server. That was changed in
later releases, but even then it was arguably a feature rather than a bug,
as performing restartpoints as often as checkpoints during normal operation
might be excessive, but you might nevertheless not want to waste a lot of
space for pre-allocated WAL by setting checkpoint_segments to a high value.
But now that we have separate min_wal_size and max_wal_size settings, you
can bound WAL usage with max_wal_size, and still avoid consuming excessive
space usage by setting min_wal_size to a lower value, so that argument is
moot.

There are still some issues with actually limiting the space usage to
max_wal_size: restartpoints in recovery can only start after seeing the
checkpoint record, while a checkpoint starts flushing buffers as soon as
the redo-pointer is set. Restartpoint is paced to happen at the same
leisurily speed, determined by checkpoint_completion_target, as checkpoints,
but because they are started later, max_wal_size can be exceeded by upto
one checkpoint cycle's worth of WAL, depending on
checkpoint_completion_target. But that seems better than not trying at all,
and max_wal_size is a soft limit anyway.

The documentation already claimed that max_wal_size is obeyed in recovery,
so this just fixes the behaviour to match the docs. However, add some
weasel-words there to mention that max_wal_size may well be exceeded by
some amount in recovery.
2015-06-29 00:09:10 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
a32c3ec893 Promote the assertion that XLogBeginInsert() is not called twice into ERROR.
Seems like cheap insurance for WAL bugs. A spurious call to
XLogBeginInsert() in itself would be fairly harmless, but if there is any
data registered and the insertion is not completed/cancelled properly, there
is a risk that the data ends up in a wrong WAL record.

Per Jeff Janes's suggestion.
2015-06-28 22:30:39 +03:00
Robert Haas
8f15f74a44 Be more conservative about removing tablespace "symlinks".
Don't apply rmtree(), which will gleefully remove an entire subtree,
and don't even apply unlink() unless it's symlink or a directory,
the only things that we expect to find.

Amit Kapila, with minor tweaks by me, per extensive discussions
involving Andrew Dunstan, Fujii Masao, and Heikki Linnakangas,
at least some of whom also reviewed the code.
2015-06-26 15:53:13 -04:00
Andres Freund
667912aee6 Improve multixact emergency autovacuum logic.
Previously autovacuum was not necessarily triggered if space in the
members slru got tight. The first problem was that the signalling was
tied to values in the offsets slru, but members can advance much
faster. Thats especially a problem if old sessions had been around that
previously prevented the multixact horizon to increase. Secondly the
skipping logic doesn't work if the database was restarted after
autovacuum was triggered - that knowledge is not preserved across
restart. This is especially a problem because it's a common
panic-reaction to restart the database if it gets slow to
anti-wraparound vacuums.

Fix the first problem by separating the logic for members from
offsets. Trigger autovacuum whenever a multixact crosses a segment
boundary, as the current member offset increases in irregular values, so
we can't use a simple modulo logic as for offsets.  Add a stopgap for
the second problem, by signalling autovacuum whenver ERRORing out
because of boundaries.

Discussion: 20150608163707.GD20772@alap3.anarazel.de

Backpatch into 9.3, where it became more likely that multixacts wrap
around.
2015-06-21 18:57:28 +02:00
Andres Freund
90231cd518 Add missing check for wal_debug GUC.
9a20a9b2 added a new elog(), enabled when WAL_DEBUG is defined. The
other WAL_DEBUG dependant messages check for the wal_debug GUC, but this
one did not. While at it replace 'upto' with 'up to'.

Discussion: 20150610110253.GF3832@alap3.anarazel.de

Backpatch to 9.4, the first release containing 9a20a9b2.
2015-06-21 18:37:09 +02:00
Robert Haas
ed16f73c57 Fix corner case in autovacuum-forcing logic for multixact wraparound.
Since find_multixact_start() relies on SimpleLruDoesPhysicalPageExist(),
and that function looks only at the on-disk state, it's possible for it
to fail to find a page that exists in the in-memory SLRU that has not
been written yet.  If that happens, SetOffsetVacuumLimit() will
erroneously decide to force emergency autovacuuming immediately.

We should probably fix find_multixact_start() to consider the data
cached in memory as well as on the on-disk state, but that's no excuse
for SetOffsetVacuumLimit() to be stupid about the case where it can
no longer read the value after having previously succeeded in doing so.

Report by Andres Freund.
2015-06-19 11:28:30 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
94232c909d Fix typos
tablesapce -> tablespace
there -> their

These were introduced in 72d422a52, so no need to backpatch.
2015-06-08 15:37:42 -03:00
Fujii Masao
7abc685974 Refactor WAL segment copying code.
* Remove unused argument "dstfname" and related code from XLogFileCopy().

* Previously XLogFileCopy() returned a pstrdup'd string so that
InstallXLogFileSegment() used it later. Since the pstrdup'd string was never
free'd, there could be a risk of memory leak. It was almost harmless because
the startup process exited just after calling XLogFileCopy(), it existed.
This commit changes XLogFileCopy() so that it directly calls
InstallXLogFileSegment() and doesn't call pstrdup() at all. Which fixes that
memory leak problem.

* Extend InstallXLogFileSegment() so that the caller can specify the log level.
Which allows us to emit an error when InstallXLogFileSegment() fails a disk
file access like link() and rename(). Previously it was always logged with
LOG level and additionally needed to be logged with ERROR when we wanted
to treat it as an error.

Michael Paquier
2015-06-09 03:03:24 +09:00
Andres Freund
d1b958218a Allow HotStandbyActiveInReplay() to be called in single user mode.
HotStandbyActiveInReplay, introduced in 061b079f, only allowed WAL
replay to happen in the startup process, missing the single user case.

This buglet is fairly harmless as it only causes problems when single
user mode in an assertion enabled build is used to replay a btree vacuum
record.

Backpatch to 9.2. 061b079f was backpatched further, but the assertion
was not.
2015-06-08 14:09:27 +02:00
Robert Haas
068cfadf9e Cope with possible failure of the oldest MultiXact to exist.
Recent commits, mainly b69bf30b9b and
53bb309d2d, introduced mechanisms to
protect against wraparound of the MultiXact member space: the number
of multixacts that can exist at one time is limited to 2^32, but the
total number of members in those multixacts is also limited to 2^32,
and older code did not take care to enforce the second limit,
potentially allowing old data to be overwritten while it was still
needed.

Unfortunately, these new mechanisms failed to account for the fact
that the code paths in which they run might be executed during
recovery or while the cluster was in an inconsistent state.  Also,
they failed to account for the fact that users who used pg_upgrade
to upgrade a PostgreSQL version between 9.3.0 and 9.3.4 might have
might oldestMultiXid = 1 in the control file despite the true value
being larger.

To fix these problems, first, avoid unnecessarily examining the
mmembers of MultiXacts when the cluster is not known to be consistent.
TruncateMultiXact has done this for a long time, and this patch does
not fix that.  But the new calls used to prevent member wraparound
are not needed until we reach normal running, so avoid calling them
earlier.  (SetMultiXactIdLimit is actually called before InRecovery
is set, so we can't rely on that; we invent our own multixact-specific
flag instead.)

Second, make failure to look up the members of a MultiXact a non-fatal
error.  Instead, if we're unable to determine the member offset at
which wraparound would occur, postpone arming the member wraparound
defenses until we are able to do so.  If we're unable to determine the
member offset that should force autovacuum, force it continuously
until we are able to do so.  If we're unable to deterine the member
offset at which we should truncate the members SLRU, log a message and
skip truncation.

An important consequence of these changes is that anyone who does have
a bogus oldestMultiXid = 1 value in pg_control will experience
immediate emergency autovacuuming when upgrading to a release that
contains this fix.  The release notes should highlight this fact.  If
a user has no pg_multixact/offsets/0000 file, but has oldestMultiXid = 1
in the control file, they may wish to vacuum any tables with
relminmxid = 1 prior to upgrading in order to avoid an immediate
emergency autovacuum after the upgrade.  This must be done with a
PostgreSQL version 9.3.5 or newer and with vacuum_multixact_freeze_min_age
and vacuum_multixact_freeze_table_age set to 0.

This patch also adds an additional log message at each database server
startup, indicating either that protections against member wraparound
have been engaged, or that they have not.  In the latter case, once
autovacuum has advanced oldestMultiXid to a sane value, the message
indicating that the guards have been engaged will appear at the next
checkpoint.  A few additional messages have also been added at the DEBUG1
level so that the correct operation of this code can be properly audited.

Along the way, this patch fixes another, related bug in TruncateMultiXact
that has existed since PostgreSQL 9.3.0: when no MultiXacts exist at
all, the truncation code looks up NextMultiXactId, which doesn't exist
yet.  This can lead to TruncateMultiXact removing every file in
pg_multixact/offsets instead of keeping one around, as it should.
This in turn will cause the database server to refuse to start
afterwards.

Patch by me.  Review by Álvaro Herrera, Andres Freund, Noah Misch, and
Thomas Munro.
2015-06-05 09:31:57 -04:00
Tom Lane
d8179b001a Fix fsync-at-startup code to not treat errors as fatal.
Commit 2ce439f337 introduced a rather serious
regression, namely that if its scan of the data directory came across any
un-fsync-able files, it would fail and thereby prevent database startup.
Worse yet, symlinks to such files also caused the problem, which meant that
crash restart was guaranteed to fail on certain common installations such
as older Debian.

After discussion, we agreed that (1) failure to start is worse than any
consequence of not fsync'ing is likely to be, therefore treat all errors
in this code as nonfatal; (2) we should not chase symlinks other than
those that are expected to exist, namely pg_xlog/ and tablespace links
under pg_tblspc/.  The latter restriction avoids possibly fsync'ing a
much larger part of the filesystem than intended, if the user has left
random symlinks hanging about in the data directory.

This commit takes care of that and also does some code beautification,
mainly moving the relevant code into fd.c, which seems a much better place
for it than xlog.c, and making sure that the conditional compilation for
the pre_sync_fname pass has something to do with whether pg_flush_data
works.

I also relocated the call site in xlog.c down a few lines; it seems a
bit silly to be doing this before ValidateXLOGDirectoryStructure().

The similar logic in initdb.c ought to be made to match this, but that
change is noncritical and will be dealt with separately.

Back-patch to all active branches, like the prior commit.

Abhijit Menon-Sen and Tom Lane
2015-05-28 17:33:03 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
807b9e0dff pgindent run for 9.5 2015-05-23 21:35:49 -04:00
Tom Lane
72809480d6 Fix incorrect snprintf() limit.
Typo in commit 7cbee7c0a.  No practical effect since the buffer should
never actually be overrun, but various compilers and static analyzers will
whine about it.

Petr Jelinek
2015-05-23 16:05:52 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
7cbee7c0a1 At promotion, don't leave behind a partial segment on the old timeline.
With commit de768844, a copy of the partial segment was archived with the
.partial suffix, but the original file was still left in pg_xlog, so it
didn't actually solve the problems with archiving the partial segment that
it was supposed to solve. With this patch, the partial segment is renamed
rather than copied, so we only archive it with the .partial suffix.

Also be more robust in detecting if the last segment is already being
archived. Previously I used XLogArchiveIsBusy() for that, but that's not
quite right. With archive_mode='always', there might be a .ready file for
it, and we don't want to rename it to .partial in that case.

The old segment is needed until we're fully committed to the new timeline,
i.e. until we've written the end-of-recovery WAL record and updated the
min recovery point and timeline in the control file. So move the renaming
later in the startup sequence, after all that's been done.
2015-05-22 11:04:33 +03:00
Fujii Masao
85d0e661aa Make recovery_target_action = pause work.
Previously even if recovery_target_action was set to pause and
the recovery target was reached, the recovery could never be paused.
Because the setting of pause was *always* overridden with that of
shutdown unexpectedly. This override is valid and intentional
if hot_standby is not enabled because there is no way to resume
the paused recovery in this case and the setting of pause is
completely useless. But not if hot_standby is enabled.

This patch changes the code so that the setting of pause is overridden
with that of shutdown only when hot_standby is not enabled.

Bug reported by Andres Freund
2015-05-21 13:56:17 +09:00
Heikki Linnakangas
fa60fb63e5 Fix more typos in comments.
Patch by CharSyam, plus a few more I spotted with grep.
2015-05-20 19:45:43 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
4fc72cc7bb Collection of typo fixes.
Use "a" and "an" correctly, mostly in comments. Two error messages were
also fixed (they were just elogs, so no translation work required). Two
function comments in pg_proc.h were also fixed. Etsuro Fujita reported one
of these, but I found a lot more with grep.

Also fix a few other typos spotted while grepping for the a/an typos.
For example, "consists out of ..." -> "consists of ...". Plus a "though"/
"through" mixup reported by Euler Taveira.

Many of these typos were in old code, which would be nice to backpatch to
make future backpatching easier. But much of the code was new, and I didn't
feel like crafting separate patches for each branch. So no backpatching.
2015-05-20 16:56:22 +03:00
Simon Riggs
f6a54fefc2 Fix spelling in comment 2015-05-19 18:37:46 -04:00
Magnus Hagander
3b075e9d7b Fix typos in comments
Dmitriy Olshevskiy
2015-05-17 14:58:04 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
e6dc503445 Fix whitespace 2015-05-16 20:43:32 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
ffd37740ee Add archive_mode='always' option.
In 'always' mode, the standby independently archives all files it receives
from the primary.

Original patch by Fujii Masao, docs and review by me.
2015-05-15 18:55:24 +03:00
Andrew Dunstan
72d422a522 Map basebackup tablespaces using a tablespace_map file
Windows can't reliably restore symbolic links from a tar format, so
instead during backup start we create a tablespace_map file, which is
used by the restoring postgres to create the correct links in pg_tblspc.
The backup protocol also now has an option to request this file to be
included in the backup stream, and this is used by pg_basebackup when
operating in tar mode.

This is done on all platforms, not just Windows.

This means that pg_basebackup will not not work in tar mode against 9.4
and older servers, as this protocol option isn't implemented there.

Amit Kapila, reviewed by Dilip Kumar, with a little editing from me.
2015-05-12 09:29:10 -04:00
Robert Haas
b4d4ce1d50 Increase threshold for multixact member emergency autovac to 50%.
Analysis by Noah Misch shows that the 25% threshold set by commit
53bb309d2d is lower than any other,
similar autovac threshold.  While we don't know exactly what value
will be optimal for all users, it is better to err a little on the
high side than on the low side.  A higher value increases the risk
that users might exhaust the available space and start seeing errors
before autovacuum can clean things up sufficiently, but a user who
hits that problem can compensate for it by reducing
autovacuum_multixact_freeze_max_age to a value dependent on their
average multixact size.  On the flip side, if the emergency cap
imposed by that patch kicks in too early, the user will experience
excessive wraparound scanning and will be unable to mitigate that
problem by configuration.  The new value will hopefully reduce the
risk of such bad experiences while still providing enough headroom
to avoid multixact member exhaustion for most users.

Along the way, adjust the documentation to reflect the effects of
commit 04e6d3b877, which taught
autovacuum to run for multixact wraparound even when autovacuum
is configured off.
2015-05-11 12:15:50 -04:00
Robert Haas
04e6d3b877 Even when autovacuum=off, force it for members as we do in other cases.
Thomas Munro, with some adjustments by me.
2015-05-11 10:51:14 -04:00
Robert Haas
f6a6c46d7f Advance the stop point for multixact offset creation only at checkpoint.
Commit b69bf30b9b advanced the stop point
at vacuum time, but this has subsequently been shown to be unsafe as a
result of analysis by myself and Thomas Munro and testing by Thomas
Munro.  The crux of the problem is that the SLRU deletion logic may
get confused about what to remove if, at exactly the right time during
the checkpoint process, the head of the SLRU crosses what used to be
the tail.

This patch, by me, fixes the problem by advancing the stop point only
following a checkpoint.  This has the additional advantage of making
the removal logic work during recovery more like the way it works during
normal running, which is probably good.

At least one of the calls to DetermineSafeOldestOffset which this patch
removes was already dead, because MultiXactAdvanceOldest is called only
during recovery and DetermineSafeOldestOffset was set up to do nothing
during recovery.  That, however, is inconsistent with the principle that
recovery and normal running should work similarly, and was confusing to
boot.

Along the way, fix some comments that previous patches in this area
neglected to update.  It's not clear to me whether there's any
concrete basis for the decision to use only half of the multixact ID
space, but it's neither necessary nor sufficient to prevent multixact
member wraparound, so the comments should not say otherwise.
2015-05-10 22:21:20 -04:00
Robert Haas
312747c224 Fix DetermineSafeOldestOffset for the case where there are no mxacts.
Commit b69bf30b9b failed to take into
account the possibility that there might be no multixacts in existence
at all.

Report by Thomas Munro; patch by me.
2015-05-10 21:34:26 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
de7688442f At promotion, archive last segment from old timeline with .partial suffix.
Previously, we would archive the possible-incomplete WAL segment with its
normal filename, but that causes trouble if the server owning that timeline
is still running, and tries to archive the same segment later. It's not nice
for the standby to trip up the master's archival like that. And it's pretty
confusing, anyway, to have an incomplete segment in the archive that's
indistinguishable from a normal, complete segment.

To avoid such confusion, add a .partial suffix to the file. Or to be more
precise, make a copy of the old segment under the .partial suffix, and
archive that instead of the original file. pg_receivexlog also uses the
.partial suffix for the same purpose, to tell apart incompletely streamed
files from complete ones.

There is no automatic mechanism to use the .partial files at recovery, so
they will go unused, unless the administrator manually copies to them to
the pg_xlog directory (and removes the .partial suffix). Recovery won't
normally need the WAL - when recovering to the new timeline, it will find
the same WAL on the first segment on the new timeline instead - but it
nevertheless feels better to archive the file with the .partial suffix, for
debugging purposes if nothing else.
2015-05-08 21:59:01 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
179cdd0981 Add macros to check if a filename is a WAL segment or other such file.
We had many instances of the strlen + strspn combination to check for that.
This makes the code a bit easier to read.
2015-05-08 21:58:57 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
16c73e773b Fix whitespace 2015-05-08 14:45:53 -04:00
Robert Haas
53bb309d2d Teach autovacuum about multixact member wraparound.
The logic introduced in commit b69bf30b9b
and repaired in commits 669c7d20e6 and
7be47c56af helps to ensure that we don't
overwrite old multixact member information while it is still needed,
but a user who creates many large multixacts can still exhaust the
member space (and thus start getting errors) while autovacuum stands
idly by.

To fix this, progressively ramp down the effective value (but not the
actual contents) of autovacuum_multixact_freeze_max_age as member space
utilization increases.  This makes autovacuum more aggressive and also
reduces the threshold for a manual VACUUM to perform a full-table scan.

This patch leaves unsolved the problem of ensuring that emergency
autovacuums are triggered even when autovacuum=off.  We'll need to fix
that via a separate patch.

Thomas Munro and Robert Haas
2015-05-08 12:53:00 -04:00
Robert Haas
7be47c56af Fix incorrect math in DetermineSafeOldestOffset.
The old formula didn't have enough parentheses, so it would do the wrong
thing, and it used / rather than % to find a remainder.  The effect of
these oversights is that the stop point chosen by the logic introduced in
commit b69bf30b9b might be rather
meaningless.

Thomas Munro, reviewed by Kevin Grittner, with a whitespace tweak by me.
2015-05-07 11:19:31 -04:00
Robert Haas
1998261034 Avoid using a C++ keyword as a structure member name.
Per request from Peter Eisentraut.
2015-05-05 22:41:03 -04:00
Robert Haas
2ce439f337 Recursively fsync() the data directory after a crash.
Otherwise, if there's another crash, some writes from after the first
crash might make it to disk while writes from before the crash fail
to make it to disk.  This could lead to data corruption.

Back-patch to all supported versions.

Abhijit Menon-Sen, reviewed by Andres Freund and slightly revised
by me.
2015-05-04 14:13:53 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
ec3d976bce Fix the same-rel optimization when creating WAL records.
prev_regbuf was never set, and therefore the same-rel flag was never set on
WAL records.

Report and fix by Zhanq Zq
2015-05-04 21:03:36 +03:00
Robert Haas
924bcf4f16 Create an infrastructure for parallel computation in PostgreSQL.
This does four basic things.  First, it provides convenience routines
to coordinate the startup and shutdown of parallel workers.  Second,
it synchronizes various pieces of state (e.g. GUCs, combo CID
mappings, transaction snapshot) from the parallel group leader to the
worker processes.  Third, it prohibits various operations that would
result in unsafe changes to that state while parallelism is active.
Finally, it propagates events that would result in an ErrorResponse,
NoticeResponse, or NotifyResponse message being sent to the client
from the parallel workers back to the master, from which they can then
be sent on to the client.

Robert Haas, Amit Kapila, Noah Misch, Rushabh Lathia, Jeevan Chalke.
Suggestions and review from Andres Freund, Heikki Linnakangas, Noah
Misch, Simon Riggs, Euler Taveira, and Jim Nasby.
2015-04-30 15:02:14 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
669c7d20e6 Fix pg_upgrade's multixact handling (again)
We need to create the pg_multixact/offsets file deleted by pg_upgrade
much earlier than we originally were: it was in TrimMultiXact(), which
runs after we exit recovery, but it actually needs to run earlier than
the first call to SetMultiXactIdLimit (before recovery), because that
routine already wants to read the first offset segment.

Per pg_upgrade trouble report from Jeff Janes.

While at it, silence a compiler warning about a pointless assert that an
unsigned variable was being tested non-negative.  This was a signed
constant in Thomas Munro's patch which I changed to unsigned before
commit.  Pointed out by Andres Freund.
2015-04-30 13:55:06 -03:00
Andres Freund
5aa2350426 Introduce replication progress tracking infrastructure.
When implementing a replication solution ontop of logical decoding, two
related problems exist:
* How to safely keep track of replication progress
* How to change replication behavior, based on the origin of a row;
  e.g. to avoid loops in bi-directional replication setups

The solution to these problems, as implemented here, consist out of
three parts:

1) 'replication origins', which identify nodes in a replication setup.
2) 'replication progress tracking', which remembers, for each
   replication origin, how far replay has progressed in a efficient and
   crash safe manner.
3) The ability to filter out changes performed on the behest of a
   replication origin during logical decoding; this allows complex
   replication topologies. E.g. by filtering all replayed changes out.

Most of this could also be implemented in "userspace", e.g. by inserting
additional rows contain origin information, but that ends up being much
less efficient and more complicated.  We don't want to require various
replication solutions to reimplement logic for this independently. The
infrastructure is intended to be generic enough to be reusable.

This infrastructure also replaces the 'nodeid' infrastructure of commit
timestamps. It is intended to provide all the former capabilities,
except that there's only 2^16 different origins; but now they integrate
with logical decoding. Additionally more functionality is accessible via
SQL.  Since the commit timestamp infrastructure has also been introduced
in 9.5 (commit 73c986add) changing the API is not a problem.

For now the number of origins for which the replication progress can be
tracked simultaneously is determined by the max_replication_slots
GUC. That GUC is not a perfect match to configure this, but there
doesn't seem to be sufficient reason to introduce a separate new one.

Bumps both catversion and wal page magic.

Author: Andres Freund, with contributions from Petr Jelinek and Craig Ringer
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Petr Jelinek, Robert Haas, Steve Singer
Discussion: 20150216002155.GI15326@awork2.anarazel.de,
    20140923182422.GA15776@alap3.anarazel.de,
    20131114172632.GE7522@alap2.anarazel.de
2015-04-29 19:30:53 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera
d3821e70c9 Code review for multixact bugfix
Reword messages, rename a confusingly named function.

Per Robert Haas.
2015-04-28 14:52:29 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
b69bf30b9b Protect against multixact members wraparound
Multixact member files are subject to early wraparound overflow and
removal: if the average multixact size is above a certain threshold (see
note below) the protections against offset overflow are not enough:
during multixact truncation at checkpoint time, some
pg_multixact/members files would be removed because the server considers
them to be old and not needed anymore.  This leads to loss of files that
are critical to interpret existing tuples's Xmax values.

To protect against this, since we don't have enough info in pg_control
and we can't modify it in old branches, we maintain shared memory state
about the oldest value that we need to keep; we use this during new
multixact creation to abort if an old still-needed file would get
overwritten.  This value is kept up to date by checkpoints, which makes
it not completely accurate but should be good enough.  We start emitting
warnings sometime earlier, so that the eventual multixact-shutdown
doesn't take DBAs completely by surprise (more precisely: once 20
members SLRU segments are remaining before shutdown.)

On troublesome average multixact size: The threshold size depends on the
multixact freeze parameters. The oldest age is related to the greater of
multixact_freeze_table_age and multixact_freeze_min_age: anything
older than that should be removed promptly by autovacuum.  If autovacuum
is keeping up with multixact freezing, the troublesome multixact average
size is
	(2^32-1) / Max(freeze table age, freeze min age)
or around 28 members per multixact.  Having an average multixact size
larger than that will eventually cause new multixact data to overwrite
the data area for older multixacts.  (If autovacuum is not able to keep
up, or there are errors in vacuuming, the actual maximum is
multixact_freeeze_max_age instead, at which point multixact generation
is stopped completely.  The default value for this limit is 400 million,
which means that the multixact size that would cause trouble is about 10
members).

Initial bug report by Timothy Garnett, bug #12990
Backpatch to 9.3, where the problem was introduced.

Authors: Álvaro Herrera, Thomas Munro
Reviews: Thomas Munro, Amit Kapila, Robert Haas, Kevin Grittner
2015-04-28 11:32:53 -03:00
Andres Freund
6aab1f45ac Fix various typos and grammar errors in comments.
Author: Dmitriy Olshevskiy
Discussion: 553D00A6.4090205@bk.ru
2015-04-26 18:42:31 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
2c47fe16a7 Fix deadlock at startup, if max_prepared_transactions is too small.
When the startup process recovers transactions by scanning pg_twophase
directory, it should clear MyLockedGxact after it's done processing each
transaction. Like we do during normal operation, at PREPARE TRANSACTION.
Otherwise, if the startup process exits due to an error, it will try to
clear the locking_backend field of the last recovered transaction. That's
usually harmless, but if the error happens in MarkAsPreparing, while
holding TwoPhaseStateLock, the shmem-exit hook will try to acquire
TwoPhaseStateLock again, and deadlock with itself.

This fixes bug #13128 reported by Grant McAlister. The bug was introduced
by commit bb38fb0d, so backpatch to all supported versions like that
commit.
2015-04-23 21:39:35 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
3d80a1e0e3 Fix logic to skip checkpoint if no records have been inserted.
After the WAL format changes, the calculation of the size of a checkpoint
record became incorrect. Instead of trying to fix the math, check that the
previous record, i.e. the xl_prev value that we'd write for the next
record, matches the last checkpoint's redo pointer. That way it's not
dependent on the size of the checkpoint record at all.

The old logic was actually slightly wrong all along: if the previous
checkpoint record crossed a page boundary, the page headers threw off the
record size calculation, and the checkpoint was not skipped. The new
checkpoint would not cross a page boundary, so this only resulted in at
most one extra checkpoint after the system became idle. The new logic fixes
that. (It's not worth fixing in backbranches).

However, it makes some sense to try to keep the latest checkpoint contained
fully in a page, or at least in a single WAL segment, just on general
robustness grounds. If something goes awfully wrong, it's more likely that
you can recover the latest WAL segment, than the last two WAL segments. So
I added an extra check that the checkpoint is not skipped if the previous
checkpoint crossed a WAL segment.

Reported by Jeff Janes.
2015-04-15 17:21:04 +03:00
Alvaro Herrera
0a52fafce4 Fix typo in comment
SLRU_SEGMENTS_PER_PAGE -> SLRU_PAGES_PER_SEGMENT

I introduced this ancient typo in subtrans.c and later propagated it to
multixact.c.  I fixed the latter in f741300c, but only back to 9.3;
backpatch to all supported branches for consistency.
2015-04-14 12:12:18 -03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
4f700bcd20 Reorganize our CRC source files again.
Now that we use CRC-32C in WAL and the control file, the "traditional" and
"legacy" CRC-32 variants are not used in any frontend programs anymore.
Move the code for those back from src/common to src/backend/utils/hash.

Also move the slicing-by-8 implementation (back) to src/port. This is in
preparation for next patch that will add another implementation that uses
Intel SSE 4.2 instructions to calculate CRC-32C, where available.
2015-04-14 17:03:42 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
b2a5545bd6 Don't archive bogus recycled or preallocated files after timeline switch.
After a timeline switch, we would leave behind recycled WAL segments that
are in the future, but on the old timeline. After promotion, and after they
become old enough to be recycled again, we would notice that they don't have
a .ready or .done file, create a .ready file for them, and archive them.
That's bogus, because the files contain garbage, recycled from an older
timeline (or prealloced as zeros). We shouldn't archive such files.

This could happen when we're following a timeline switch during replay, or
when we switch to new timeline at end-of-recovery.

To fix, whenever we switch to a new timeline, scan the data directory for
WAL segments on the old timeline, but with a higher segment number, and
remove them. Those don't belong to our timeline history, and are most
likely bogus recycled or preallocated files. They could also be valid files
that we streamed from the primary ahead of time, but in any case, they're
not needed to recover to the new timeline.
2015-04-13 16:53:49 +03:00
Alvaro Herrera
27846f02c1 Optimize locking a tuple already locked by another subxact
Locking and updating the same tuple repeatedly led to some strange
multixacts being created which had several subtransactions of the same
parent transaction holding locks of the same strength.  However,
once a subxact of the current transaction holds a lock of a given
strength, it's not necessary to acquire the same lock again.  This made
some coding patterns much slower than required.

The fix is twofold.  First we change HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate to return
HeapTupleBeingUpdated for the case where the current transaction is
already a single-xid locker for the given tuple; it used to return
HeapTupleMayBeUpdated for that case.  The new logic is simpler, and the
change to pgrowlocks is a testament to that: previously we needed to
check for the single-xid locker separately in a very ugly way.  That
test is simpler now.

As fallout from the HTSU change, some of its callers need to be amended
so that tuple-locked-by-own-transaction is taken into account in the
BeingUpdated case rather than the MayBeUpdated case.  For many of them
there is no difference; but heap_delete() and heap_update now check
explicitely and do not grab tuple lock in that case.

The HTSU change also means that routine MultiXactHasRunningRemoteMembers
introduced in commit 11ac4c73cb is no longer necessary and can be
removed; the case that used to require it is now handled naturally as
result of the changes to heap_delete and heap_update.

The second part of the fix to the performance issue is to adjust
heap_lock_tuple to avoid the slowness:

1. Previously we checked for the case that our own transaction already
held a strong enough lock and returned MayBeUpdated, but only in the
multixact case.  Now we do it for the plain Xid case as well, which
saves having to LockTuple.

2. If the current transaction is the only locker of the tuple (but with
a lock not as strong as what we need; otherwise it would have been
caught in the check mentioned above), we can skip sleeping on the
multixact, and instead go straight to create an updated multixact with
the additional lock strength.

3. Most importantly, make sure that both the single-xid-locker case and
the multixact-locker case optimization are applied always.  We do this
by checking both in a single place, rather than them appearing in two
separate portions of the routine -- something that is made possible by
the HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate API change.  Previously we would only check
for the single-xid case when HTSU returned MayBeUpdated, and only
checked for the multixact case when HTSU returned BeingUpdated.  This
was at odds with what HTSU actually returned in one case: if our own
transaction was locker in a multixact, it returned MayBeUpdated, so the
optimization never applied.  This is what led to the large multixacts in
the first place.

Per bug report #8470 by Oskari Saarenmaa.
2015-04-10 13:47:15 -03:00
Fujii Masao
6e4bf4ecd3 Fix error handling of XLogReaderAllocate in case of OOM
Similarly to previous fix 9b8d478, commit 2c03216 has switched
XLogReaderAllocate() to use a set of palloc calls instead of malloc,
causing any callers of this function to fail with an error instead of
receiving a NULL pointer in case of out-of-memory error. Fix this by
using palloc_extended with MCXT_ALLOC_NO_OOM that will safely return
NULL in case of an OOM.

Michael Paquier, slightly modified by me.
2015-04-03 21:55:37 +09:00
Fujii Masao
9b8d4782ba Rework handling of OOM when allocating record buffer in XLOG reader.
Commit 2c03216 changed allocate_recordbuf() so that it uses a palloc to
allocate the read buffer and fails immediately when an out-of-memory error
shows up, even though its callers still expect that NULL is returned in that
case. This bug is fixed making allocate_recordbuf() use a palloc_extended
with MCXT_ALLOC_NO_OOM flag and return NULL in OOM case.

Michael Paquier
2015-04-03 18:29:38 +09:00
Andres Freund
62e2a8dc2c Define integer limits independently from the system definitions.
In 83ff1618 we defined integer limits iff they're not provided by the
system. That turns out not to be the greatest idea because there's
different ways some datatypes can be represented. E.g. on OSX PG's 64bit
datatype will be a 'long int', but OSX unconditionally uses 'long
long'. That disparity then can lead to warnings, e.g. around printf
formats.

One way to fix that would be to back int64 using stdint.h's
int64_t. While a good idea it's not that easy to implement. We would
e.g. need to include stdint.h in our external headers, which we don't
today. Also computing the correct int64 printf formats in that case is
nontrivial.

Instead simply prefix the integer limits with PG_ and define them
unconditionally. I've adjusted all the references to them in code, but
not the ones in comments; the latter seems unnecessary to me.

Discussion: 20150331141423.GK4878@alap3.anarazel.de
2015-04-02 17:43:35 +02:00
Tom Lane
785941cdc3 Tweak __attribute__-wrapping macros for better pgindent results.
This improves on commit bbfd7edae5 by
making two simple changes:

* pg_attribute_noreturn now takes parentheses, ie pg_attribute_noreturn().
Likewise pg_attribute_unused(), pg_attribute_packed().  This reduces
pgindent's tendency to misformat declarations involving them.

* attributes are now always attached to function declarations, not
definitions.  Previously some places were taking creative shortcuts,
which were not merely candidates for bad misformatting by pgindent
but often were outright wrong anyway.  (It does little good to put a
noreturn annotation where callers can't see it.)  In any case, if
we would like to believe that these macros can be used with non-gcc
compilers, we should avoid gratuitous variance in usage patterns.

I also went through and manually improved the formatting of a lot of
declarations, and got rid of excessively repetitive (and now obsolete
anyway) comments informing the reader what pg_attribute_printf is for.
2015-03-26 14:03:25 -04:00
Andres Freund
83ff1618bc Centralize definition of integer limits.
Several submitted and even committed patches have run into the problem
that C89, our baseline, does not provide minimum/maximum values for
various integer datatypes. C99's stdint.h does, but we can't rely on
it.

Several parts of the code defined limits locally, so instead centralize
the definitions to c.h.

This patch also changes the more obvious usages of literal limit values;
there's more places that could be changed, but it's less clear whether
it's beneficial to change those.

Author: Andrew Gierth
Discussion: 87619tc5wc.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
2015-03-25 22:39:42 +01:00
Andres Freund
87cec51d3a Don't delay replication for less than recovery_min_apply_delay's resolution.
Recovery delays are implemented by waiting on a latch, and latches take
milliseconds as a parameter. The required amount of waiting was computed
using microsecond resolution though and the wait loop's abort condition
was checking the delay in microseconds as well.  This could lead to
short spurts of busy looping when the overall wait time was below a
millisecond, but above 0 microseconds.

Instead just formulate the wait loop's abort condition in millisecond
granularity as well. Given that that's recovery_min_apply_delay
resolution, it seems harmless to not wait for less than a millisecond.

Backpatch to 9.4 where recovery_min_apply_delay was introduced.

Discussion: 20150323141819.GH26995@alap3.anarazel.de
2015-03-23 16:51:11 +01:00
Andres Freund
a1105c3dd4 Fix copy & paste error in 4f1b890b13.
Due to the bug delayed standbys would not delay when applying prepared
transactions.

Discussion: CAB7nPqT6BO1cCn+sAyDByBxA4EKZNAiPi2mFJ=ANeZmnmewRyg@mail.gmail.com

Michael Paquier via Coverity.
2015-03-23 15:53:40 +01:00
Andres Freund
4f1b890b13 Merge the various forms of transaction commit & abort records.
Since 465883b0a two versions of commit records have existed. A compact
version that was used when no cache invalidations, smgr unlinks and
similar were needed, and a full version that could deal with all
that. Additionally the full version was embedded into twophase commit
records.

That resulted in a measurable reduction in the size of the logged WAL in
some workloads. But more recently additions like logical decoding, which
e.g. needs information about the database something was executed on,
made it applicable in fewer situations. The static split generally made
it hard to expand the commit record, because concerns over the size made
it hard to add anything to the compact version.

Additionally it's not particularly pretty to have twophase.c insert
RM_XACT records.

Rejigger things so that the commit and abort records only have one form
each, including the twophase equivalents. The presence of the various
optional (in the sense of not being in every record) pieces is indicated
by a bits in the 'xinfo' flag.  That flag previously was not included in
compact commit records. To prevent an increase in size due to its
presence, it's only included if necessary; signalled by a bit in the
xl_info bits available for xact.c, similar to heapam.c's
XLOG_HEAP_OPMASK/XLOG_HEAP_INIT_PAGE.

Twophase commit/aborts are now the same as their normal
counterparts. The original transaction's xid is included in an optional
data field.

This means that commit records generally are smaller, except in the case
of a transaction with subtransactions, but no other special cases; the
increase there is four bytes, which seems acceptable given that the more
common case of not having subtransactions shrank.  The savings are
especially measurable for twophase commits, which previously always used
the full version; but will in practice only infrequently have required
that.

The motivation for this work are not the space savings and and
deduplication though; it's that it makes it easier to extend commit
records with additional information. That's just a few lines of code
now; without impacting the common case where that information is not
needed.

Discussion: 20150220152150.GD4149@awork2.anarazel.de,
    235610.92468.qm%40web29004.mail.ird.yahoo.com

Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Simon Riggs
2015-03-15 17:37:07 +01:00
Andres Freund
a0f5954af1 Increase max_wal_size's default from 128MB to 1GB.
The introduction of min_wal_size & max_wal_size in 88e9823026 makes it
feasible to increase the default upper bound in checkpoint
size. Previously raising the default would lead to a increased disk
footprint, even if more segments weren't beneficial.  The low default of
checkpoint size is one of common performance problem users have thus
increasing the default makes sense.  Setups where the increase in
maximum disk usage is a problem will very likely have to run with a
modified configuration anyway.

Discussion: 54F4EFB8.40202@agliodbs.com,
    CA+TgmoZEAgX5oMGJOHVj8L7XOkAe05Gnf45rP40m-K3FhZRVKg@mail.gmail.com

Author: Josh Berkus, after a discussion involving lots of people.
2015-03-15 17:37:07 +01:00
Andres Freund
51c11a7025 Remove pause_at_recovery_target recovery.conf setting.
The new recovery_target_action (introduced in aedccb1f6/b8e33a85d4)
replaces it's functionality. Having both seems likely to cause more
confusion than it saves worry due to the incompatibility.

Discussion: 5484FC53.2060903@2ndquadrant.com
Author: Petr Jelinek
2015-03-15 17:37:07 +01:00
Fujii Masao
cd6c45cbee Suppress maybe-uninitialized compiler warnings.
Previously some compilers were thinking that the variables that
57aa5b2 added maybe-uninitialized.

Spotted by Andres Freund
2015-03-15 10:40:43 +09:00
Andres Freund
bbfd7edae5 Add macros wrapping all usage of gcc's __attribute__.
Until now __attribute__() was defined to be empty for all compilers but
gcc. That's problematic because it prevents using it in other compilers;
which is necessary e.g. for atomics portability.  It's also just
generally dubious to do so in a header as widely included as c.h.

Instead add pg_attribute_format_arg, pg_attribute_printf,
pg_attribute_noreturn macros which are implemented in the compilers that
understand them. Also add pg_attribute_noreturn and pg_attribute_packed,
but don't provide fallbacks, since they can affect functionality.

This means that external code that, possibly unwittingly, relied on
__attribute__ defined to be empty on !gcc compilers may now run into
warnings or errors on those compilers. But there shouldn't be many
occurances of that and it's hard to work around...

Discussion: 54B58BA3.8040302@ohmu.fi
Author: Oskari Saarenmaa, with some minor changes by me.
2015-03-11 14:30:01 +01:00
Fujii Masao
57aa5b2bb1 Add GUC to enable compression of full page images stored in WAL.
When newly-added GUC parameter, wal_compression, is on, the PostgreSQL server
compresses a full page image written to WAL when full_page_writes is on or
during a base backup. A compressed page image will be decompressed during WAL
replay. Turning this parameter on can reduce the WAL volume without increasing
the risk of unrecoverable data corruption, but at the cost of some extra CPU
spent on the compression during WAL logging and on the decompression during
WAL replay.

This commit changes the WAL format (so bumping WAL version number) so that
the one-byte flag indicating whether a full page image is compressed or not is
included in its header information. This means that the commit increases the
WAL volume one-byte per a full page image even if WAL compression is not used
at all. We can save that one-byte by borrowing one-bit from the existing field
like hole_offset in the header and using it as the flag, for example. But which
would reduce the code readability and the extensibility of the feature.
Per discussion, it's not worth paying those prices to save only one-byte, so we
decided to add the one-byte flag to the header.

This commit doesn't introduce any new compression algorithm like lz4.
Currently a full page image is compressed using the existing PGLZ algorithm.
Per discussion, we decided to use it at least in the first version of the
feature because there were no performance reports showing that its compression
ratio is unacceptably lower than that of other algorithm. Of course,
in the future, it's worth considering the support of other compression
algorithm for the better compression.

Rahila Syed and Michael Paquier, reviewed in various versions by myself,
Andres Freund, Robert Haas, Abhijit Menon-Sen and many others.
2015-03-11 15:52:24 +09:00
Alvaro Herrera
4f3924d9cd Keep CommitTs module in sync in standby and master
We allow this module to be turned off on restarts, so a restart time
check is enough to activate or deactivate the module; however, if there
is a standby replaying WAL emitted from a master which is restarted, but
the standby isn't, the state in the standby becomes inconsistent and can
easily be crashed.

Fix by activating and deactivating the module during WAL replay on
parameter change as well as on system start.

Problem reported by Fujii Masao in
http://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAHGQGwFhJ3CnHo1CELEfay18yg_RA-XZT-7D8NuWUoYSZ90r4Q@mail.gmail.com

Author: Petr Jelínek
2015-03-09 17:44:00 -03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
f1fd515b39 Move WAL-related definitions from dbcommands.h to separate header file.
This makes it easier to write frontend programs that needs to understand
the WAL record format of CREATE/DROP DATABASE. dbcommands.h cannot easily
be #included in a frontend program, because it pulls in other header files
that need backend stuff, but the new dbcommands_xlog.h header file has
fewer dependencies.
2015-03-09 15:50:49 +02:00
Fujii Masao
c74c04b8aa Add missing "goto err" statements in xlogreader.c.
Spotted by Andres Freund.
2015-03-09 14:31:10 +09:00
Fujii Masao
934d122685 Fix typo in comment. 2015-03-05 20:15:16 +09:00
Andres Freund
fd6a3f3ad4 Reconsider when to wait for WAL flushes/syncrep during commit.
Up to now RecordTransactionCommit() waited for WAL to be flushed (if
synchronous_commit != off) and to be synchronously replicated (if
enabled), even if a transaction did not have a xid assigned. The primary
reason for that is that sequence's nextval() did not assign a xid, but
are worthwhile to wait for on commit.

This can be problematic because sometimes read only transactions do
write WAL, e.g. HOT page prune records. That then could lead to read only
transactions having to wait during commit. Not something people expect
in a read only transaction.

This lead to such strange symptoms as backends being seemingly stuck
during connection establishment when all synchronous replicas are
down. Especially annoying when said stuck connection is the standby
trying to reconnect to allow syncrep again...

This behavior also is involved in a rather complicated <= 9.4 bug where
the transaction started by catchup interrupt processing waited for
syncrep using latches, but didn't get the wakeup because it was already
running inside the same overloaded signal handler. Fix the issue here
doesn't properly solve that issue, merely papers over the problems. In
9.5 catchup interrupts aren't processed out of signal handlers anymore.

To fix all this, make nextval() acquire a top level xid, and only wait for
transaction commit if a transaction both acquired a xid and emitted WAL
records.  If only a xid has been assigned we don't uselessly want to
wait just because of writes to temporary/unlogged tables; if only WAL
has been written we don't want to wait just because of HOT prunes.

The xid assignment in nextval() is unlikely to cause overhead in
real-world workloads. For one it only happens SEQ_LOG_VALS/32 values
anyway, for another only usage of nextval() without using the result in
an insert or similar is affected.

Discussion: 20150223165359.GF30784@awork2.anarazel.de,
    369698E947874884A77849D8FE3680C2@maumau,
    5CF4ABBA67674088B3941894E22A0D25@maumau

Per complaint from maumau and Thom Brown

Backpatch all the way back; 9.0 doesn't have syncrep, but it seems
better to be consistent behavior across all maintained branches.
2015-02-26 12:50:07 +01:00
Heikki Linnakangas
88e9823026 Replace checkpoint_segments with min_wal_size and max_wal_size.
Instead of having a single knob (checkpoint_segments) that both triggers
checkpoints, and determines how many checkpoints to recycle, they are now
separate concerns. There is still an internal variable called
CheckpointSegments, which triggers checkpoints. But it no longer determines
how many segments to recycle at a checkpoint. That is now auto-tuned by
keeping a moving average of the distance between checkpoints (in bytes),
and trying to keep that many segments in reserve. The advantage of this is
that you can set max_wal_size very high, but the system won't actually
consume that much space if there isn't any need for it. The min_wal_size
sets a floor for that; you can effectively disable the auto-tuning behavior
by setting min_wal_size equal to max_wal_size.

The max_wal_size setting is now the actual target size of WAL at which a
new checkpoint is triggered, instead of the distance between checkpoints.
Previously, you could calculate the actual WAL usage with the formula
"(2 + checkpoint_completion_target) * checkpoint_segments + 1". With this
patch, you set the desired WAL usage with max_wal_size, and the system
calculates the appropriate CheckpointSegments with the reverse of that
formula. That's a lot more intuitive for administrators to set.

Reviewed by Amit Kapila and Venkata Balaji N.
2015-02-23 18:53:02 +02:00
Fujii Masao
5d2b45e3f7 Add GUC to control the time to wait before retrieving WAL after failed attempt.
Previously when the standby server failed to retrieve WAL files from any sources
(i.e., streaming replication, local pg_xlog directory or WAL archive), it always
waited for five seconds (hard-coded) before the next attempt. For example,
this is problematic in warm-standby because restore_command can fail
every five seconds even while new WAL file is expected to be unavailable for
a long time and flood the log files with its error messages.

This commit adds new parameter, wal_retrieve_retry_interval, to control that
wait time.

Alexey Vasiliev and Michael Paquier, reviewed by Andres Freund and me.
2015-02-23 20:55:17 +09:00
Tom Lane
33a3b03d63 Use FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER in some more places.
Fix a batch of structs that are only visible within individual .c files.

Michael Paquier
2015-02-20 17:32:01 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
49b04188f8 Fix thinko in re-setting wal_log_hints flag from a parameter-change record.
The flag is supposed to be copied from the record. Same issue with
track_commit_timestamps, but that's master-only.

Report and fix by Petr Jalinek. Backpatch to 9.4, where wal_log_hints was
added.
2015-01-15 20:52:41 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
1e78d81e88 Don't open a WAL segment for writing at end of recovery.
Since commit ba94518a, we used XLogFileOpen to open the next segment for
writing, but if the end-of-recovery happens exactly at a segment boundary,
the new segment might not exist yet. (Before ba94518a, XLogFileOpen was
correct, because we would open the previous segment if the switch happened
at the boundary.)

Instead of trying to create it if necessary, it's simpler to not bother
opening the segment at all. XLogWrite() will open or create it soon anyway,
after writing the checkpoint or end-of-recovery record.

Reported by Andres Freund.
2015-01-07 16:20:20 +02:00
Bruce Momjian
4baaf863ec Update copyright for 2015
Backpatch certain files through 9.0
2015-01-06 11:43:47 -05:00
Andres Freund
14570c2828 Remove superflous variable from xlogreader's XLogFindNextRecord().
Pointed out by Coverity.

Since this is mere, and debatable, cosmetics I'm not backpatching
this.
2015-01-04 15:35:46 +01:00
Tom Lane
d6657d2a10 Treat negative values of recovery_min_apply_delay as having no effect.
At one point in the development of this feature, it was claimed that
allowing negative values would be useful to compensate for timezone
differences between master and slave servers.  That was based on a mistaken
assumption that commit timestamps are recorded in local time; but of course
they're in UTC.  Nor is a negative apply delay likely to be a sane way of
coping with server clock skew.  However, the committed patch still treated
negative delays as doing something, and the timezone misapprehension
survived in the user documentation as well.

If recovery_min_apply_delay were a proper GUC we'd just set the minimum
allowed value to be zero; but for the moment it seems better to treat
negative settings as if they were zero.

In passing do some extra wordsmithing on the parameter's documentation,
including correcting a second misstatement that the parameter affects
processing of Restore Point records.

Issue noted by Michael Paquier, who also provided the code patch; doc
changes by me.  Back-patch to 9.4 where the feature was introduced.
2015-01-03 13:14:03 -05:00
Andres Freund
7882c3b0b9 Convert the PGPROC->lwWaitLink list into a dlist instead of open coding it.
Besides being shorter and much easier to read it changes the logic in
LWLockRelease() to release all shared lockers when waking up any. This
can yield some significant performance improvements - and the fairness
isn't really much worse than before, as we always allowed new shared
lockers to jump the queue.
2014-12-25 17:24:30 +01:00
Alvaro Herrera
a609d96778 Revert "Use a bitmask to represent role attributes"
This reverts commit 1826987a46.

The overall design was deemed unacceptable, in discussion following the
previous commit message; we might find some parts of it still
salvageable, but I don't want to be on the hook for fixing it, so let's
wait until we have a new patch.
2014-12-23 15:35:49 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
1826987a46 Use a bitmask to represent role attributes
The previous representation using a boolean column for each attribute
would not scale as well as we want to add further attributes.

Extra auxilliary functions are added to go along with this change, to
make up for the lost convenience of access of the old representation.

Catalog version bumped due to change in catalogs and the new functions.

Author: Adam Brightwell, minor tweaks by Álvaro
Reviewed by: Stephen Frost, Andres Freund, Álvaro Herrera
2014-12-23 10:22:09 -03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
2ef6c66a2b Fix file descriptor leak at end of recovery.
XLogFileInit() returns a file descriptor, which needs to be closed. The leak
was short-lived, since the startup process exits shortly afterwards, but it
was clearly a bug, nevertheless.

Per Coverity report.
2014-12-21 21:51:59 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
5c805d0a81 Fix timestamp in end-of-recovery WAL records.
We used time(null) to set a TimestampTz field, which gave bogus results.
Noticed while looking at pg_xlogdump output.

Backpatch to 9.3 and above, where the fast promotion was introduced.
2014-12-19 17:04:20 +02:00
Tom Lane
4a14f13a0a Improve hash_create's API for selecting simple-binary-key hash functions.
Previously, if you wanted anything besides C-string hash keys, you had to
specify a custom hashing function to hash_create().  Nearly all such
callers were specifying tag_hash or oid_hash; which is tedious, and rather
error-prone, since a caller could easily miss the opportunity to optimize
by using hash_uint32 when appropriate.  Replace this with a design whereby
callers using simple binary-data keys just specify HASH_BLOBS and don't
need to mess with specific support functions.  hash_create() itself will
take care of optimizing when the key size is four bytes.

This nets out saving a few hundred bytes of code space, and offers
a measurable performance improvement in tidbitmap.c (which was not
exploiting the opportunity to use hash_uint32 for its 4-byte keys).
There might be some wins elsewhere too, I didn't analyze closely.

In future we could look into offering a similar optimized hashing function
for 8-byte keys.  Under this design that could be done in a centralized
and machine-independent fashion, whereas getting it right for keys of
platform-dependent sizes would've been notationally painful before.

For the moment, the old way still works fine, so as not to break source
code compatibility for loadable modules.  Eventually we might want to
remove tag_hash and friends from the exported API altogether, since there's
no real need for them to be explicitly referenced from outside dynahash.c.

Teodor Sigaev and Tom Lane
2014-12-18 13:36:36 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
ba94518aad Change how first WAL segment on new timeline after promotion is created.
Two changes:

1. When copying a WAL segment from old timeline to create the first segment
on the new timeline, only copy up to the point where the timeline switch
happens, and zero-fill the rest. This avoids corner cases where we might
think that the copied WAL from the previous timeline belong to the new
timeline.

2. If the timeline switch happens at a segment boundary, don't copy the
whole old segment to the new timeline. It's pointless, because it's 100%
identical to the old segment.
2014-12-18 20:23:03 +02:00
Andres Freund
c303e9e7e5 Fix (re-)starting from a basebackup taken off a standby after a failure.
When starting up from a basebackup taken off a standby extra logic has
to be applied to compute the point where the data directory is
consistent. Normal base backups use a WAL record for that purpose, but
that isn't possible on a standby.

That logic had a error check ensuring that the cluster's control file
indicates being in recovery. Unfortunately that check was too strict,
disregarding the fact that the control file could also indicate that
the cluster was shut down while in recovery.

That's possible when the a cluster starting from a basebackup is shut
down before the backup label has been removed. When everything goes
well that's a short window, but when either restore_command or
primary_conninfo isn't configured correctly the window can get much
wider. That's because inbetween reading and unlinking the label we
restore the last checkpoint from WAL which can need additional WAL.

To fix simply also allow starting when the control file indicates
"shutdown in recovery". There's nicer fixes imaginable, but they'd be
more invasive.

Backpatch to 9.2 where support for taking basebackups from standbys
was added.
2014-12-18 08:47:27 +01:00
Simon Riggs
b8e33a85d4 Tweaks for recovery_target_action
Rename parameter action_at_recovery_target to
recovery_target_action suggested by Christoph Berg.

Place into recovery.conf suggested by Fujii Masao,
replacing (deprecating) earlier parameters, per
Michael Paquier.
2014-12-07 21:55:29 +09:00
Alvaro Herrera
73c986adde Keep track of transaction commit timestamps
Transactions can now set their commit timestamp directly as they commit,
or an external transaction commit timestamp can be fed from an outside
system using the new function TransactionTreeSetCommitTsData().  This
data is crash-safe, and truncated at Xid freeze point, same as pg_clog.

This module is disabled by default because it causes a performance hit,
but can be enabled in postgresql.conf requiring only a server restart.

A new test in src/test/modules is included.

Catalog version bumped due to the new subdirectory within PGDATA and a
couple of new SQL functions.

Authors: Álvaro Herrera and Petr Jelínek

Reviewed to varying degrees by Michael Paquier, Andres Freund, Robert
Haas, Amit Kapila, Fujii Masao, Jaime Casanova, Simon Riggs, Steven
Singer, Peter Eisentraut
2014-12-03 11:53:02 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
6597ec9be6 Fix typos 2014-12-03 11:52:15 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
ae04bf5027 Update transaction README for persistent multixacts
Multixacts are now maintained during recovery, but the README didn't get
the memo.  Backpatch to 9.3, where the divergence was introduced.
2014-11-28 18:06:18 -03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
afeacd2748 Fix assertion failure at end of PITR.
InitXLogInsert() cannot be called in a critical section, because it
allocates memory. But CreateCheckPoint() did that, when called for the
end-of-recovery checkpoint by the startup process.

In the passing, fix the scratch space allocation in InitXLogInsert to go to
the right memory context. Also update the comment at InitXLOGAccess, which
hasn't been totally accurate since hot standby was introduced (in a hot
standby backend, InitXLOGAccess isn't called at backend startup).

Reported by Michael Paquier
2014-11-28 09:31:53 +02:00
Simon Riggs
aedccb1f6f action_at_recovery_target recovery config option
action_at_recovery_target = pause | promote | shutdown

Petr Jelinek

Reviewed by Muhammad Asif Naeem, Fujji Masao and
Simon Riggs
2014-11-25 20:13:30 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
0bd624d63b Distinguish XLOG_FPI records generated for hint-bit updates.
Add a new XLOG_FPI_FOR_HINT record type, and use that for full-page images
generated for hint bit updates, when checksums are enabled. The new record
type is replayed exactly the same as XLOG_FPI, but allows them to be tallied
separately e.g. in pg_xlogdump.
2014-11-24 11:09:08 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
8f5dcb56cb Fix bogus comments in XLogRecordAssemble
Pointed out by Michael Paquier
2014-11-21 12:15:27 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
2c03216d83 Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.

There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.

This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.

For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.

The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.

Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 18:46:41 +02:00
Andres Freund
d3586fc8aa Ensure unlogged tables are reset even if crash recovery errors out.
Unlogged relations are reset at the end of crash recovery as they're
only synced to disk during a proper shutdown. Unfortunately that and
later steps can fail, e.g. due to running out of space. This reset
was, up to now performed after marking the database as having finished
crash recovery successfully. As out of space errors trigger a crash
restart that could lead to the situation that not all unlogged
relations are reset.

Once that happend usage of unlogged relations could yield errors like
"could not open file "...": No such file or directory". Luckily
clusters that show the problem can be fixed by performing a immediate
shutdown, and starting the database again.

To fix, just call ResetUnloggedRelations(UNLOGGED_RELATION_INIT)
earlier, before marking the database as having successfully recovered.

Discussion: 20140912112246.GA4984@alap3.anarazel.de

Backpatch to 9.1 where unlogged tables were introduced.

Abhijit Menon-Sen and Andres Freund
2014-11-15 01:19:26 +01:00
Alvaro Herrera
51f9ea25dc Allow interrupting GetMultiXactIdMembers
This function has a loop which can lead to uninterruptible process
"stalls" (actually infinite loops) when some bugs are triggered.  Avoid
that unpleasant situation by adding a check for interrupts in a place
that shouldn't degrade performance in the normal case.

Backpatch to 9.3.  Older branches have an identical loop here, but the
aforementioned bugs are only a problem starting in 9.3 so there doesn't
seem to be any point in backpatching any further.
2014-11-14 15:14:01 -03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
81c4508196 Fix race condition between hot standby and restoring a full-page image.
There was a window in RestoreBackupBlock where a page would be zeroed out,
but not yet locked. If a backend pinned and locked the page in that window,
it saw the zeroed page instead of the old page or new page contents, which
could lead to missing rows in a result set, or errors.

To fix, replace RBM_ZERO with RBM_ZERO_AND_LOCK, which atomically pins,
zeroes, and locks the page, if it's not in the buffer cache already.

In stable branches, the old RBM_ZERO constant is renamed to RBM_DO_NOT_USE,
to avoid breaking any 3rd party extensions that might use RBM_ZERO. More
importantly, this avoids renumbering the other enum values, which would
cause even bigger confusion in extensions that use ReadBufferExtended, but
haven't been recompiled.

Backpatch to all supported versions; this has been racy since hot standby
was introduced.
2014-11-13 20:02:37 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
34402ae351 Fix XLogReadBufferForRedoExtended to get cleanup lock when asked to do so. 2014-11-13 17:54:20 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
7250d8535b Fix building with WAL_DEBUG.
Now that the backup blocks are appended to the WAL record in xloginsert.c,
XLogInsert doesn't see them anymore and cannot remove them from the version
reconstructed for xlog_outdesc. This makes running with wal_debug=on more
expensive, as we now make (unnecessary) temporary copies of the backup
blocks, but it doesn't seem worth convoluting the code to keep that
optimization.

Reported by Alvaro Herrera.
2014-11-07 23:09:31 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera
7516f52594 BRIN: Block Range Indexes
BRIN is a new index access method intended to accelerate scans of very
large tables, without the maintenance overhead of btrees or other
traditional indexes.  They work by maintaining "summary" data about
block ranges.  Bitmap index scans work by reading each summary tuple and
comparing them with the query quals; all pages in the range are returned
in a lossy TID bitmap if the quals are consistent with the values in the
summary tuple, otherwise not.  Normal index scans are not supported
because these indexes do not store TIDs.

As new tuples are added into the index, the summary information is
updated (if the block range in which the tuple is added is already
summarized) or not; in the latter case, a subsequent pass of VACUUM or
the brin_summarize_new_values() function will create the summary
information.

For data types with natural 1-D sort orders, the summary info consists
of the maximum and the minimum values of each indexed column within each
page range.  This type of operator class we call "Minmax", and we
supply a bunch of them for most data types with B-tree opclasses.
Since the BRIN code is generalized, other approaches are possible for
things such as arrays, geometric types, ranges, etc; even for things
such as enum types we could do something different than minmax with
better results.  In this commit I only include minmax.

Catalog version bumped due to new builtin catalog entries.

There's more that could be done here, but this is a good step forwards.

Loosely based on ideas from Simon Riggs; code mostly by Álvaro Herrera,
with contribution by Heikki Linnakangas.

Patch reviewed by: Amit Kapila, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas.
Testing help from Jeff Janes, Erik Rijkers, Emanuel Calvo.

PS:
  The research leading to these results has received funding from the
  European Union's Seventh Framework Programme (FP7/2007-2013) under
  grant agreement n° 318633.
2014-11-07 16:38:14 -03:00
Fujii Masao
5332b8cec5 Prevent the unnecessary creation of .ready file for the timeline history file.
Previously .ready file was created for the timeline history file at the end
of an archive recovery even when WAL archiving was not enabled.
This creation is unnecessary and causes .ready file to remain infinitely.

This commit changes an archive recovery so that it creates .ready file for
the timeline history file only when WAL archiving is enabled.

Backpatch to all supported versions.
2014-11-06 21:24:40 +09:00
Heikki Linnakangas
2076db2aea Move the backup-block logic from XLogInsert to a new file, xloginsert.c.
xlog.c is huge, this makes it a little bit smaller, which is nice. Functions
related to putting together the WAL record are in xloginsert.c, and the
lower level stuff for managing WAL buffers and such are in xlog.c.

Also move the definition of XLogRecord to a separate header file. This
causes churn in the #includes of all the files that write WAL records, and
redo routines, but it avoids pulling in xlog.h into most places.

Reviewed by Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera, Andres Freund and Amit Kapila.
2014-11-06 13:55:36 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
5028f22f6e Switch to CRC-32C in WAL and other places.
The old algorithm was found to not be the usual CRC-32 algorithm, used by
Ethernet et al. We were using a non-reflected lookup table with code meant
for a reflected lookup table. That's a strange combination that AFAICS does
not correspond to any bit-wise CRC calculation, which makes it difficult to
reason about its properties. Although it has worked well in practice, seems
safer to use a well-known algorithm.

Since we're changing the algorithm anyway, we might as well choose a
different polynomial. The Castagnoli polynomial has better error-correcting
properties than the traditional CRC-32 polynomial, even if we had
implemented it correctly. Another reason for picking that is that some new
CPUs have hardware support for calculating CRC-32C, but not CRC-32, let
alone our strange variant of it. This patch doesn't add any support for such
hardware, but a future patch could now do that.

The old algorithm is kept around for tsquery and pg_trgm, which use the
values in indexes that need to remain compatible so that pg_upgrade works.
While we're at it, share the old lookup table for CRC-32 calculation
between hstore, ltree and core. They all use the same table, so might as
well.
2014-11-04 11:39:48 +02:00
Robert Haas
6cb4afff33 Avoid setup work for invalidation messages at start-of-(sub)xact.
Instead of initializing a new TransInvalidationInfo for every
transaction or subtransaction, we can just do it for those
transactions or subtransactions that actually need to queue
invalidation messages.  That also avoids needing to free those
entries at the end of a transaction or subtransaction that does
not generate any invalidation messages, which is by far the
common case.

Patch by me.  Review by Simon Riggs and Andres Freund.
2014-10-29 12:35:19 -04:00
Fujii Masao
c7371c4a60 Prevent the already-archived WAL file from being archived again.
Previously the archive recovery always created .ready file for
the last WAL file of the old timeline at the end of recovery even when
it's restored from the archive and has .done file. That is, there was
the case where the WAL file had both .ready and .done files.
This caused the already-archived WAL file to be archived again.

This commit prevents the archive recovery from creating .ready file
for the last WAL file if it has .done file, in order to prevent it from
being archived again.

This bug was added when cascading replication feature was introduced,
i.e., the commit 5286105800.
So, back-patch to 9.2, where cascading replication was added.

Reviewed by Michael Paquier
2014-10-23 16:21:27 +09:00
Andres Freund
5e5b65f359 Don't duplicate log_checkpoint messages for both of restart and checkpoints.
The duplication originated in cdd46c765, where restartpoints were
introduced.

In LogCheckpointStart's case the duplication actually lead to the
compiler's format string checking not to be effective because the
format string wasn't constant.

Arguably these messages shouldn't be elog(), but ereport() style
messages. That'd even allow to translate the messages... But as
there's more mistakes of that kind in surrounding code, it seems
better to change that separately.
2014-10-21 01:01:56 +02:00
Andres Freund
11abd6c90f Renumber CHECKPOINT_* flags.
Commit 7dbb606938 added a new CHECKPOINT_FLUSH_ALL flag. As that
commit needed to be backpatched I didn't change the numeric values of
the existing flags as that could lead to nastly problems if any
external code issued checkpoints. That's not a concern on master, so
renumber them there.

Also add a comment about CHECKPOINT_FLUSH_ALL above
CreateCheckPoint().
2014-10-21 00:20:08 +02:00
Andres Freund
7dbb606938 Flush unlogged table's buffers when copying or moving databases.
CREATE DATABASE and ALTER DATABASE .. SET TABLESPACE copy the source
database directory on the filesystem level. To ensure the on disk
state is consistent they block out users of the affected database and
force a checkpoint to flush out all data to disk. Unfortunately, up to
now, that checkpoint didn't flush out dirty buffers from unlogged
relations.

That bug means there could be leftover dirty buffers in either the
template database, or the database in its old location. Leading to
problems when accessing relations in an inconsistent state; and to
possible problems during shutdown in the SET TABLESPACE case because
buffers belonging files that don't exist anymore are flushed.

This was reported in bug #10675 by Maxim Boguk.

Fix by Pavan Deolasee, modified somewhat by me. Reviewed by MauMau and
Fujii Masao.

Backpatch to 9.1 where unlogged tables were introduced.
2014-10-20 23:43:46 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
b7a08c8028 Message improvements 2014-10-12 01:06:35 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
5fa6c81a43 Remove num_xloginsert_locks GUC, replace with a #define
I left the GUC in place for the beta period, so that people could experiment
with different values. No-one's come up with any data that a different value
would be better under some circumstances, so rather than try to document to
users what the GUC, let's just hard-code the current value, 8.
2014-10-01 16:42:26 +03:00
Andres Freund
ef8863844b Rename CACHE_LINE_SIZE to PG_CACHE_LINE_SIZE.
As noted in http://bugs.debian.org/763098 there is a conflict between
postgres' definition of CACHE_LINE_SIZE and the definition by various
*bsd platforms. It's debatable who has the right to define such a
name, but postgres' use was only introduced in 375d8526f2 (9.4), so
it seems like a good idea to rename it.

Discussion: 20140930195756.GC27407@msg.df7cb.de

Per complaint of Christoph Berg in the above email, although he's not
the original bug reporter.

Backpatch to 9.4 where the define was introduced.
2014-10-01 12:17:03 +02:00
Andres Freund
6ba4ecbf47 Remove most volatile qualifiers from xlog.c
For the reason outlined in df4077cda2 also remove volatile qualifiers
from xlog.c. Some of these uses of volatile have been added after
noticing problems back when spinlocks didn't imply compiler
barriers. So they are a good test - in fact removing the volatiles
breaks when done without the barriers in spinlocks present.

Several uses of volatile remain where they are explicitly used to
access shared memory without locks. These locations are ok with
slightly out of date data, but removing the volatile might lead to the
variables never being reread from memory. These uses could also be
replaced by barriers, but that's a separate change of doubtful value.
2014-09-22 23:35:08 +02:00
Andres Freund
604f7956b9 Improve code around the recently added rm_identify rmgr callback.
There are four weaknesses in728f152e07f998d2cb4fe5f24ec8da2c3bda98f2:

* append_init() in heapdesc.c was ugly and required that rm_identify
  return values are only valid till the next call. Instead just add a
  couple more switch() cases for the INIT_PAGE cases. Now the returned
  value will always be valid.
* a couple rm_identify() callbacks missed masking xl_info with
  ~XLR_INFO_MASK.
* pg_xlogdump didn't map a NULL rm_identify to UNKNOWN or a similar
  string.
* append_init() was called when id=NULL - which should never actually
  happen. But it's better to be careful.
2014-09-22 17:49:34 +02:00
Andres Freund
728f152e07 Add rmgr callback to name xlog record types for display purposes.
This is primarily useful for the upcoming pg_xlogdump --stats feature,
but also allows to remove some duplicated code in the rmgr_desc
routines.

Due to the separation and harmonization, the output of dipsplayed
records changes somewhat. But since this isn't enduser oriented
content that's ok.

It's potentially desirable to further change pg_xlogdump's display of
records. It previously wasn't possible to show the record type
separately from the description forcing it to be in the last
column. But that's better done in a separate commit.

Author: Abhijit Menon-Sen, slightly editorialized by me
Reviewed-By: Álvaro Herrera, Andres Freund, and Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: 20140604104716.GA3989@toroid.org
2014-09-19 16:20:29 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
f8f4227976 Refactor per-page logic common to all redo routines to a new function.
Every redo routine uses the same idiom to determine what to do to a page:
check if there's a backup block for it, and if not read, the buffer if the
block exists, and check its LSN. Refactor that into a common function,
XLogReadBufferForRedo, making all the redo routines shorter and more
readable.

This has no user-visible effect, and makes no changes to the WAL format.

Reviewed by Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Michael Paquier.
2014-09-02 15:10:28 +03:00
Bruce Momjian
01363beae5 pg_is_xlog_replay_paused(): remove super-user-only restriction
Also update docs to mention which function are super-user-only.

Report by sys-milan@statpro.com

Backpatch through 9.4
2014-08-29 09:06:05 -04:00
Noah Misch
fb2aece8ae Replace a few strncmp() calls with strlcpy().
strncmp() is a specialized API unsuited for routine copying into
fixed-size buffers.  On a system where the length of a single filename
can exceed MAXPGPATH, the pg_archivecleanup change prevents a simple
crash in the subsequent strlen().  Few filesystems support names that
long, and calling pg_archivecleanup with untrusted input is still not a
credible use case.  Therefore, no back-patch.

David Rowley
2014-08-18 22:59:31 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
54685338e3 Move log_newpage and log_newpage_buffer to xlog.c.
log_newpage is used by many indexams, in addition to heap, but for
historical reasons it's always been part of the heapam rmgr. Starting with
9.3, we have another WAL record type for logging an image of a page,
XLOG_FPI. Simplify things by moving log_newpage and log_newpage_buffer to
xlog.c, and switch to using the XLOG_FPI record type.

Bump the WAL version number because the code to replay the old HEAP_NEWPAGE
records is removed.
2014-07-31 16:48:55 +03:00
Alvaro Herrera
0531549801 Avoid uselessly looking up old LOCK_ONLY multixacts
Commit 0ac5ad5134 removed an optimization in multixact.c that skipped
fetching members of MultiXactId that were older than our
OldestVisibleMXactId value.  The reason this was removed is that it is
possible for multixacts that contain updates to be older than that
value.  However, if the caller is certain that the multi does not
contain an update (because the infomask bits say so), it can pass this
info down to GetMultiXactIdMembers, enabling it to use the old
optimization.

Pointed out by Andres Freund in 20131121200517.GM7240@alap2.anarazel.de
2014-07-29 15:41:06 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
60d931827b Oops, fix recoveryStopsBefore functions for regular commits.
Pointed out by Tom Lane. Backpatch to 9.4, the code was structured
differently in earlier branches and didn't have this mistake.
2014-07-29 17:19:43 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
e74e0906fa Treat 2PC commit/abort the same as regular xacts in recovery.
There were several oversights in recovery code where COMMIT/ABORT PREPARED
records were ignored:

* pg_last_xact_replay_timestamp() (wasn't updated for 2PC commits)
* recovery_min_apply_delay (2PC commits were applied immediately)
* recovery_target_xid (recovery would not stop if the XID used 2PC)

The first of those was reported by Sergiy Zuban in bug #11032, analyzed by
Tom Lane and Andres Freund. The bug was always there, but was masked before
commit d19bd29f07, because COMMIT PREPARED
always created an extra regular transaction that was WAL-logged.

Backpatch to all supported versions (older versions didn't have all the
features and therefore didn't have all of the above bugs).
2014-07-29 11:59:22 +03:00
Robert Haas
250c26ba9c Fix checkpointer crash in EXEC_BACKEND builds.
Nothing in the checkpointer calls InitXLOGAccess(), so WALInsertLocks
never got initialized there.  Without EXEC_BACKEND, it works anyway
because the correct value is inherited from the postmaster, but
with EXEC_BACKEND we've got a problem.  The problem appears to have
been introduced by commit 68a2e52bba.

To fix, move the relevant initialization steps from InitXLOGAccess()
to XLOGShmemInit(), making this more parallel to what we do
elsewhere.

Amit Kapila
2014-07-24 09:12:38 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
d38228fe40 Add missing serial commas
Also update one place where the wal_level "logical" was not added to an
error message.
2014-07-15 08:31:50 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
1c6821be31 Fix and enhance the assertion of no palloc's in a critical section.
The assertion failed if WAL_DEBUG or LWLOCK_STATS was enabled; fix that by
using separate memory contexts for the allocations made within those code
blocks.

This patch introduces a mechanism for marking any memory context as allowed
in a critical section. Previously ErrorContext was exempt as a special case.

Instead of a blanket exception of the checkpointer process, only exempt the
memory context used for the pending ops hash table.
2014-06-30 10:26:00 +03:00
Alvaro Herrera
f741300c90 Have multixact be truncated by checkpoint, not vacuum
Instead of truncating pg_multixact at vacuum time, do it only at
checkpoint time.  The reason for doing it this way is twofold: first, we
want it to delete only segments that we're certain will not be required
if there's a crash immediately after the removal; and second, we want to
do it relatively often so that older files are not left behind if
there's an untimely crash.

Per my proposal in
http://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20140626044519.GJ7340@eldon.alvh.no-ip.org
we now execute the truncation in the checkpointer process rather than as
part of vacuum.  Vacuum is in only charge of maintaining in shared
memory the value to which it's possible to truncate the files; that
value is stored as part of checkpoints also, and so upon recovery we can
reuse the same value to re-execute truncate and reset the
oldest-value-still-safe-to-use to one known to remain after truncation.

Per bug reported by Jeff Janes in the course of his tests involving
bug #8673.

While at it, update some comments that hadn't been updated since
multixacts were changed.

Backpatch to 9.3, where persistency of pg_multixact files was
introduced by commit 0ac5ad5134.
2014-06-27 14:43:53 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
85ba0748ed Fix bug in WAL_DEBUG.
The record header was not copied correctly to the buffer that was passed
to the rm_desc function. Broken by my rm_desc signature refactoring patch.
2014-06-23 12:22:36 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
0ef0b6784c Change the signature of rm_desc so that it's passed a XLogRecord.
Just feels more natural, and is more consistent with rm_redo.
2014-06-14 10:46:48 +03:00
Andres Freund
e04a9ccd2c Consistency improvements for slot and decoding code.
Change the order of checks in similar functions to be the same; remove
a parameter that's not needed anymore; rename a memory context and
expand a couple of comments.

Per review comments from Amit Kapila
2014-06-12 13:33:27 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera
b0b263baab Wrap multixact/members correctly during extension, take 2
In a50d976254 I already changed this, but got it wrong for the case
where the number of members is larger than the number of entries that
fit in the last page of the last segment.

As reported by Serge Negodyuck in a followup to bug #8673.
2014-06-09 15:17:23 -04:00
Tom Lane
5f93c37805 Add defenses against running with a wrong selection of LOBLKSIZE.
It's critical that the backend's idea of LOBLKSIZE match the way data has
actually been divided up in pg_largeobject.  While we don't provide any
direct way to adjust that value, doing so is a one-line source code change
and various people have expressed interest recently in changing it.  So,
just as with TOAST_MAX_CHUNK_SIZE, it seems prudent to record the value in
pg_control and cross-check that the backend's compiled-in setting matches
the on-disk data.

Also tweak the code in inv_api.c so that fetches from pg_largeobject
explicitly verify that the length of the data field is not more than
LOBLKSIZE.  Formerly we just had Asserts() for that, which is no protection
at all in production builds.  In some of the call sites an overlength data
value would translate directly to a security-relevant stack clobber, so it
seems worth one extra runtime comparison to be sure.

In the back branches, we can't change the contents of pg_control; but we
can still make the extra checks in inv_api.c, which will offer some amount
of protection against running with the wrong value of LOBLKSIZE.
2014-06-05 11:31:06 -04:00
Andres Freund
f0c108560b Consistently spell a replication slot's name as slot_name.
Previously there's been a mix between 'slotname' and 'slot_name'. It's
not nice to be unneccessarily inconsistent in a new feature. As a post
beta1 initdb now is required in the wake of eeca4cd35e, fix the
inconsistencies.
Most the changes won't affect usage of replication slots because the
majority of changes is around function parameter names. The prominent
exception to that is that the recovery.conf parameter
'primary_slotname' is now named 'primary_slot_name'.
2014-06-05 16:29:20 +02:00
Tom Lane
c1907f0cc4 Fix a bunch of functions that were declared static then defined not-static.
Per testing with a compiler that whines about this.
2014-05-17 17:57:53 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
a3655dd4a5 Update README, we don't do post-recovery cleanup actions anymore.
transam/README explained how B-tree incomplete splits were tracked and
fixed after recovery, as an example of handling complex actions that need
multiple WAL records, but that's not how it works anymore. Explain the new
paradigm.
2014-05-17 13:55:03 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
07a4a93a0e Initialize tsId and dbId fields in WAL record of COMMIT PREPARED.
Commit dd428c79 added dbId and tsId to the xl_xact_commit struct but missed
that prepared transaction commits reuse that struct. Fix that.

Because those fields were left unitialized, replaying a commit prepared WAL
record in a hot standby node would fail to remove the relcache init file.
That can lead to "could not open file" errors on the standby. Relcache init
file only needs to be removed when a system table/index is rewritten in the
transaction using two phase commit, so that should be rare in practice. In
HEAD, the incorrect dbId/tsId values are also used for filtering in logical
replication code, causing the transaction to always be filtered out.

Analysis and fix by Andres Freund. Backpatch to 9.0 where hot standby was
introduced.
2014-05-16 10:10:38 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
bb38fb0d43 Fix race condition in preparing a transaction for two-phase commit.
To lock a prepared transaction's shared memory entry, we used to mark it
with the XID of the backend. When the XID was no longer active according
to the proc array, the entry was implicitly considered as not locked
anymore. However, when preparing a transaction, the backend's proc array
entry was cleared before transfering the locks (and some other state) to
the prepared transaction's dummy PGPROC entry, so there was a window where
another backend could finish the transaction before it was in fact fully
prepared.

To fix, rewrite the locking mechanism of global transaction entries. Instead
of an XID, just have simple locked-or-not flag in each entry (we store the
locking backend's backend id rather than a simple boolean, but that's just
for debugging purposes). The backend is responsible for explicitly unlocking
the entry, and to make sure that that happens, install a callback to unlock
it on abort or process exit.

Backpatch to all supported versions.
2014-05-15 16:37:50 +03:00
Tom Lane
0d0b2bf175 Rename min_recovery_apply_delay to recovery_min_apply_delay.
Per discussion, this seems like a more consistent choice of name.

Fabrízio de Royes Mello, after a suggestion by Peter Eisentraut;
some additional documentation wordsmithing by me
2014-05-10 19:46:19 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
0a78320057 pgindent run for 9.4
This includes removing tabs after periods in C comments, which was
applied to back branches, so this change should not effect backpatching.
2014-05-06 12:12:18 -04:00
Tom Lane
2d00190495 Rationalize common/relpath.[hc].
Commit a730183926 created rather a mess by
putting dependencies on backend-only include files into include/common.
We really shouldn't do that.  To clean it up:

* Move TABLESPACE_VERSION_DIRECTORY back to its longtime home in
catalog/catalog.h.  We won't consider this symbol part of the FE/BE API.

* Push enum ForkNumber from relfilenode.h into relpath.h.  We'll consider
relpath.h as the source of truth for fork numbers, since relpath.c was
already partially serving that function, and anyway relfilenode.h was
kind of a random place for that enum.

* So, relfilenode.h now includes relpath.h rather than vice-versa.  This
direction of dependency is fine.  (That allows most, but not quite all,
of the existing explicit #includes of relpath.h to go away again.)

* Push forkname_to_number from catalog.c to relpath.c, just to centralize
fork number stuff a bit better.

* Push GetDatabasePath from catalog.c to relpath.c; it was rather odd
that the previous commit didn't keep this together with relpath().

* To avoid needing relfilenode.h in common/, redefine the underlying
function (now called GetRelationPath) as taking separate OID arguments,
and make the APIs using RelFileNode or RelFileNodeBackend into macro
wrappers.  (The macros have a potential multiple-eval risk, but none of
the existing call sites have an issue with that; one of them had such a
risk already anyway.)

* Fix failure to follow the directions when "init" fork type was added;
specifically, the errhint in forkname_to_number wasn't updated, and neither
was the SGML documentation for pg_relation_size().

* Fix tablespace-path-too-long check in CreateTableSpace() to account for
fork-name component of maximum-length pathnames.  This requires putting
FORKNAMECHARS into a header file, but it was rather useless (and
actually unreferenced) where it was.

The last couple of items are potentially back-patchable bug fixes,
if anyone is sufficiently excited about them; but personally I'm not.

Per a gripe from Christoph Berg about how include/common wasn't
self-contained.
2014-04-30 17:30:50 -04:00
Tom Lane
5035701e07 Improve generation algorithm for database system identifier.
As noted some time ago, the original coding had a typo ("|" for "^")
that made the result less unique than intended.  Even the intended
behavior is obsolete since it was based on wanting to produce a
usable value even if we didn't have int64 arithmetic --- a limitation
we stopped supporting years ago.  Instead, let's redefine the system
identifier as tv_sec in the upper 32 bits (same as before), tv_usec
in the next 20 bits, and the low 12 bits of getpid() in the remaining
bits.  This is still hardly guaranteed-universally-unique, but it's
noticeably better than before.  Per my proposal at
<29019.1374535940@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2014-04-26 15:11:10 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
1a917ae861 Fix race when updating a tuple concurrently locked by another process
If a tuple is locked, and this lock is later upgraded either to an
update or to a stronger lock, and in the meantime some other process
tries to lock, update or delete the same tuple, it (the tuple) could end
up being updated twice, or having conflicting locks held.

The reason for this is that the second updater checks for a change in
Xmax value, or in the HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI infomask bit, after noticing
the first lock; and if there's a change, it restarts and re-evaluates
its ability to update the tuple.  But it neglected to check for changes
in lock strength or in lock-vs-update status when those two properties
stayed the same.  This would lead it to take the wrong decision and
continue with its own update, when in reality it shouldn't do so but
instead restart from the top.

This could lead to either an assertion failure much later (when a
multixact containing multiple updates is detected), or duplicate copies
of tuples.

To fix, make sure to compare the other relevant infomask bits alongside
the Xmax value and HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI bit, and restart from the top if
necessary.

Also, in the belt-and-suspenders spirit, add a check to
MultiXactCreateFromMembers that a multixact being created does not have
two or more members that are claimed to be updates.  This should protect
against other bugs that might cause similar bogus situations.

Backpatch to 9.3, where the possibility of multixacts containing updates
was introduced.  (In prior versions it was possible to have the tuple
lock upgraded from shared to exclusive, and an update would not restart
from the top; yet we're protected against a bug there because there's
always a sleep to wait for the locking transaction to complete before
continuing to do anything.  Really, the fact that tuple locks always
conflicted with concurrent updates is what protected against bugs here.)

Per report from Andrew Dunstan and Josh Berkus in thread at
http://www.postgresql.org/message-id/534C8B33.9050807@pgexperts.com

Bug analysis by Andres Freund.
2014-04-24 15:41:55 -03:00
Tom Lane
d19bd29f07 Reset pg_stat_activity.xact_start during PREPARE TRANSACTION.
Once we've completed a PREPARE, our session is not running a transaction,
so its entry in pg_stat_activity should show xact_start as null, rather
than leaving the value as the start time of the now-prepared transaction.

I think possibly this oversight was triggered by faulty extrapolation
from the adjacent comment that says PrepareTransaction should not call
AtEOXact_PgStat, so tweak the wording of that comment.

Noted by Andres Freund while considering bug #10123 from Maxim Boguk,
although this error doesn't seem to explain that report.

Back-patch to all active branches.
2014-04-24 13:29:48 -04:00
Magnus Hagander
66b1084e2c Fix typo
Amit Langote
2014-04-18 12:49:54 +02:00
Bruce Momjian
83defef8c7 report stat() error in trigger file check
Permissions might prevent the existence of the trigger file from being
checked.

Per report from Andres Freund
2014-04-17 11:55:57 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
848b9f05ab Use correctly-sized buffer when zero-filling a WAL file.
I mixed up BLCKSZ and XLOG_BLCKSZ when I changed the way the buffer is
allocated a couple of weeks ago. With the default settings, they are both
8k, but they can be changed at compile-time.
2014-04-16 10:26:36 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
787064cd00 Fix typo in comment.
Tomonari Katsumata
2014-04-10 13:11:49 +03:00
Robert Haas
59202fae04 Fix some compiler warnings that clang emits with -pedantic.
Andres Freund
2014-04-04 11:29:50 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
d9e7873bbb In checkpoint, move the check for in-progress xacts out of critical section.
GetVirtualXIDsDelayingChkpt calls palloc, which isn't safe in a critical
section. I thought I covered this case with the exemption for the
checkpointer, but CreateCheckPoint is also called from the startup process.
2014-04-04 17:31:22 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
877b088785 Avoid allocations in critical sections.
If a palloc in a critical section fails, it becomes a PANIC.
2014-04-04 13:35:44 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
c2a6724823 Pass more than the first XLogRecData entry to rm_desc, with WAL_DEBUG.
If you compile with WAL_DEBUG and enable it with wal_debug=on, we used to
only pass the first XLogRecData entry to the rm_desc routine. I think the
original assumprion was that the first XLogRecData entry contains all the
necessary information for the rm_desc routine, but that's a pretty shaky
assumption. At least standby_redo didn't get the memo.

To fix, piece together all the data in a temporary buffer, and pass that to
the rm_desc routine.

It's been like this forever, but the patch didn't apply cleanly to
back-branches. Probably wouldn't be hard to fix the conflicts, but it's
not worth the trouble.
2014-03-26 18:17:53 +02:00
Fujii Masao
49638868f8 Don't forget to flush XLOG_PARAMETER_CHANGE record.
Backpatch to 9.0 where XLOG_PARAMETER_CHANGE record was instroduced.
2014-03-26 02:12:39 +09:00
Heikki Linnakangas
3ed249b741 Fix "the the" typos.
Erik Rijkers
2014-03-24 08:42:13 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
68a2e52bba Replace the XLogInsert slots with regular LWLocks.
The special feature the XLogInsert slots had over regular LWLocks is the
insertingAt value that was updated atomically with releasing backends
waiting on it. Add new functions to the LWLock API to do that, and replace
the slots with LWLocks. This reduces the amount of duplicated code.
(There's still some duplication, but at least it's all in lwlock.c now.)

Reviewed by Andres Freund.
2014-03-21 15:10:48 +01:00
Heikki Linnakangas
59a5ab3f42 Remove rm_safe_restartpoint machinery.
It is no longer used, none of the resource managers have multi-record
actions that would make it unsafe to perform a restartpoint.

Also don't allow rm_cleanup to write WAL records, it's also no longer
required. Move the call to rm_cleanup routines to make it more symmetric
with rm_startup.
2014-03-18 22:10:35 +02:00
Bruce Momjian
886c0be3f6 C comments: remove odd blank lines after #ifdef WIN32 lines 2014-03-13 01:34:42 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
a3115f0d9e Only WAL-log the modified portion in an UPDATE, if possible.
When a row is updated, and the new tuple version is put on the same page as
the old one, only WAL-log the part of the new tuple that's not identical to
the old. This saves significantly on the amount of WAL that needs to be
written, in the common case that most fields are not modified.

Amit Kapila, with a lot of back and forth with me, Robert Haas, and others.
2014-03-12 23:28:36 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
55566c9a74 Fix dangling smgr_owner pointer when a fake relcache entry is freed.
A fake relcache entry can "own" a SmgrRelation object, like a regular
relcache entry. But when it was free'd, the owner field in SmgrRelation
was not cleared, so it was left pointing to free'd memory.

Amazingly this apparently hasn't caused crashes in practice, or we would've
heard about it earlier. Andres found this with Valgrind.

Report and fix by Andres Freund, with minor modifications by me. Backpatch
to all supported versions.
2014-03-07 13:28:52 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
956685f82b Do wal_level and hot standby checks when doing crash-then-archive recovery.
CheckRequiredParameterValues() should perform the checks if archive recovery
was requested, even if we are going to perform crash recovery first.

Reported by Kyotaro HORIGUCHI. Backpatch to 9.2, like the crash-then-archive
recovery mode.
2014-03-05 14:48:14 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
af246c37c0 Fix lastReplayedEndRecPtr calculation when starting from shutdown checkpoint.
When entering crash recovery followed by archive recovery, and the latest
checkpoint is a shutdown checkpoint, and there are no more WAL records to
replay before transitioning from crash to archive recovery, we would not
immediately allow read-only connections in hot standby mode even if we
could. That's because when starting from a shutdown checkpoint, we set
lastReplayedEndRecPtr incorrectly to the record before the checkpoint
record, instead of the checkpoint record itself. We don't run the redo
routine of the shutdown checkpoint record, but starting recovery from it
goes through the same motions, so it should be considered as replayed.

Reported by Kyotaro HORIGUCHI. All versions with hot standby are affected,
so backpatch to 9.0.
2014-03-05 13:51:19 +02:00
Robert Haas
b89e151054 Introduce logical decoding.
This feature, building on previous commits, allows the write-ahead log
stream to be decoded into a series of logical changes; that is,
inserts, updates, and deletes and the transactions which contain them.
It is capable of handling decoding even across changes to the schema
of the effected tables.  The output format is controlled by a
so-called "output plugin"; an example is included.  To make use of
this in a real replication system, the output plugin will need to be
modified to produce output in the format appropriate to that system,
and to perform filtering.

Currently, information can be extracted from the logical decoding
system only via SQL; future commits will add the ability to stream
changes via walsender.

Andres Freund, with review and other contributions from many other
people, including Álvaro Herrera, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Peter Gheogegan,
Kevin Grittner, Robert Haas, Heikki Linnakangas, Fujii Masao, Abhijit
Menon-Sen, Michael Paquier, Simon Riggs, Craig Ringer, and Steve
Singer.
2014-03-03 16:32:18 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
d8a42b150f Remove bogus while-loop.
Commit abf5c5c9a4 added a bogus while-
statement after the for(;;)-loop. It went unnoticed in testing, because
it was dead code.

Report by KONDO Mitsumasa. Backpatch to 9.3. The commit that introduced
this was also applied to 9.2, but not the bogus while-loop part, because
the code in 9.2 looks quite different.
2014-02-28 13:33:41 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
8f09ca436d Improve comment on setting data_checksum GUC.
There was an extra space there, and "fixed" wasn't very descriptive.
2014-02-20 10:58:30 +02:00
Robert Haas
6f289c2b7d Switch various builtin functions to use pg_lsn instead of text.
The functions in slotfuncs.c don't exist in any released version,
but the changes to xlogfuncs.c represent backward-incompatibilities.
Per discussion, we're hoping that the queries using these functions
are few enough and simple enough that this won't cause too much
breakage for users.

Michael Paquier, reviewed by Andres Freund and further modified
by me.
2014-02-19 11:37:43 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
057152b37c Fix comment; checkpointer, not bgwriter, performs checkpoints since 9.2.
Amit Langote
2014-02-18 09:48:18 +02:00
Tom Lane
01824385ae Prevent potential overruns of fixed-size buffers.
Coverity identified a number of places in which it couldn't prove that a
string being copied into a fixed-size buffer would fit.  We believe that
most, perhaps all of these are in fact safe, or are copying data that is
coming from a trusted source so that any overrun is not really a security
issue.  Nonetheless it seems prudent to forestall any risk by using
strlcpy() and similar functions.

Fixes by Peter Eisentraut and Jozef Mlich based on Coverity reports.

In addition, fix a potential null-pointer-dereference crash in
contrib/chkpass.  The crypt(3) function is defined to return NULL on
failure, but chkpass.c didn't check for that before using the result.
The main practical case in which this could be an issue is if libc is
configured to refuse to execute unapproved hashing algorithms (e.g.,
"FIPS mode").  This ideally should've been a separate commit, but
since it touches code adjacent to one of the buffer overrun changes,
I included it in this commit to avoid last-minute merge issues.
This issue was reported by Honza Horak.

Security: CVE-2014-0065 for buffer overruns, CVE-2014-0066 for crypt()
2014-02-17 11:20:21 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
4d894b41cd Change the order that pg_xlog and WAL archive are polled for WAL segments.
If there is a WAL segment with same ID but different TLI present in both
the WAL archive and pg_xlog, prefer the one with higher TLI. Before this
patch, the archive was polled first, for all expected TLIs, and only if no
file was found was pg_xlog scanned. This was a change in behavior from 9.3,
which first scanned archive and pg_xlog for the highest TLI, then archive
and pg_xlog for the next highest TLI and so forth. This patch reverts the
behavior back to what it was in 9.2.

The reason for this is that if for example you try to do archive recovery
to timeline 2, which branched off timeline 1, but the WAL for timeline 2 is
not archived yet, we would replay past the timeline switch point on
timeline 1 using the archived files, before even looking timeline 2's files
in pg_xlog

Report and patch by Kyotaro Horiguchi. Backpatch to 9.3 where the behavior
was changed.
2014-02-14 15:15:09 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera
801c2dc72c Separate multixact freezing parameters from xid's
Previously we were piggybacking on transaction ID parameters to freeze
multixacts; but since there isn't necessarily any relationship between
rates of Xid and multixact consumption, this turns out not to be a good
idea.

Therefore, we now have multixact-specific freezing parameters:

vacuum_multixact_freeze_min_age: when to remove multis as we come across
them in vacuum (default to 5 million, i.e. early in comparison to Xid's
default of 50 million)

vacuum_multixact_freeze_table_age: when to force whole-table scans
instead of scanning only the pages marked as not all visible in
visibility map (default to 150 million, same as for Xids).  Whichever of
both which reaches the 150 million mark earlier will cause a whole-table
scan.

autovacuum_multixact_freeze_max_age: when for cause emergency,
uninterruptible whole-table scans (default to 400 million, double as
that for Xids).  This means there shouldn't be more frequent emergency
vacuuming than previously, unless multixacts are being used very
rapidly.

Backpatch to 9.3 where multixacts were made to persist enough to require
freezing.  To avoid an ABI break in 9.3, VacuumStmt has a couple of
fields in an unnatural place, and StdRdOptions is split in two so that
the newly added fields can go at the end.

Patch by me, reviewed by Robert Haas, with additional input from Andres
Freund and Tom Lane.
2014-02-13 19:36:31 -03:00
Tom Lane
6f2aead1ff In XLogReadBufferExtended, don't assume P_NEW yields consecutive pages.
In a database that's not yet reached consistency, it's possible that some
segments of a relation are not full-size but are not the last ones either.
Because of the way smgrnblocks() works, asking for a new page with P_NEW
will fill in the last not-full-size segment --- and if that makes it full
size, the apparent EOF of the relation will increase by more than one page,
so that the next P_NEW request will yield a page past the next consecutive
one.  This breaks the relation-extension logic in XLogReadBufferExtended,
possibly allowing a page update to be applied to some page far past where
it was intended to go.  This appears to be the explanation for reports of
table bloat on replication slaves compared to their masters, and probably
explains some corrupted-slave reports as well.

Fix the loop to check the page number it actually got, rather than merely
Assert()'ing that dead reckoning got it to the desired place.  AFAICT,
there are no other places that make assumptions about exactly which page
they'll get from P_NEW.

Problem identified by Greg Stark, though this is not the same as his
proposed patch.

It's been like this for a long time, so back-patch to all supported
branches.
2014-02-12 14:52:16 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
d699ba4134 Fix WakeupWaiters() to not wake up an exclusive locker unnecessarily.
WakeupWaiters() is supposed to wake up all LW_WAIT_UNTIL_FREE waiters of
the slot, but the loop incorrectly also woke up the first LW_EXCLUSIVE
waiter, if there was no LW_WAIT_UNTIL_FREE waiters in the queue.

Noted by Andres Freund. This code is new in 9.4, so no backpatching.
2014-02-10 15:18:18 +02:00
Fujii Masao
0753bdb352 Add primary_slotname to recovery.conf.sample. 2014-02-03 00:41:50 +09:00
Robert Haas
858ec11858 Introduce replication slots.
Replication slots are a crash-safe data structure which can be created
on either a master or a standby to prevent premature removal of
write-ahead log segments needed by a standby, as well as (with
hot_standby_feedback=on) pruning of tuples whose removal would cause
replication conflicts.  Slots have some advantages over existing
techniques, as explained in the documentation.

In a few places, we refer to the type of replication slots introduced
by this patch as "physical" slots, because forthcoming patches for
logical decoding will also have slots, but with somewhat different
properties.

Andres Freund and Robert Haas
2014-01-31 22:45:36 -05:00
Robert Haas
ea9df812d8 Relax the requirement that all lwlocks be stored in a single array.
This makes it possible to store lwlocks as part of some other data
structure in the main shared memory segment, or in a dynamic shared
memory segment.  There is still a main LWLock array and this patch does
not move anything out of it, but it provides necessary infrastructure
for doing that in the future.

This change is likely to increase the size of LWLockPadded on some
platforms, especially 32-bit platforms where it was previously only
16 bytes.

Patch by me.  Review by Andres Freund and KaiGai Kohei.
2014-01-27 11:07:44 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
71c6a8e375 Add recovery_target='immediate' option.
This allows ending recovery as a consistent state has been reached. Without
this, there was no easy way to e.g restore an online backup, without
replaying any extra WAL after the backup ended.

MauMau and me.
2014-01-25 17:34:04 +02:00
Tom Lane
ac4ef637ad Allow use of "z" flag in our printf calls, and use it where appropriate.
Since C99, it's been standard for printf and friends to accept a "z" size
modifier, meaning "whatever size size_t has".  Up to now we've generally
dealt with printing size_t values by explicitly casting them to unsigned
long and using the "l" modifier; but this is really the wrong thing on
platforms where pointers are wider than longs (such as Win64).  So let's
start using "z" instead.  To ensure we can do that on all platforms, teach
src/port/snprintf.c to understand "z", and add a configure test to force
use of that implementation when the platform's version doesn't handle "z".

Having done that, modify a bunch of places that were using the
unsigned-long hack to use "z" instead.  This patch doesn't pretend to have
gotten everyplace that could benefit, but it catches many of them.  I made
an effort in particular to ensure that all uses of the same error message
text were updated together, so as not to increase the number of
translatable strings.

It's possible that this change will result in format-string warnings from
pre-C99 compilers.  We might have to reconsider if there are any popular
compilers that will warn about this; but let's start by seeing what the
buildfarm thinks.

Andres Freund, with a little additional work by me
2014-01-23 17:18:33 -05:00
Tom Lane
061b079f89 Fix multiple bugs in index page locking during hot-standby WAL replay.
In ordinary operation, VACUUM must be careful to take a cleanup lock on
each leaf page of a btree index; this ensures that no indexscans could
still be "in flight" to heap tuples due to be deleted.  (Because of
possible index-tuple motion due to concurrent page splits, it's not enough
to lock only the pages we're deleting index tuples from.)  In Hot Standby,
the WAL replay process must likewise lock every leaf page.  There were
several bugs in the code for that:

* The replay scan might come across unused, all-zero pages in the index.
While btree_xlog_vacuum itself did the right thing (ie, nothing) with
such pages, xlogutils.c supposed that such pages must be corrupt and
would throw an error.  This accounts for various reports of replication
failures with "PANIC: WAL contains references to invalid pages".  To
fix, add a ReadBufferMode value that instructs XLogReadBufferExtended
not to complain when we're doing this.

* btree_xlog_vacuum performed the extra locking if standbyState ==
STANDBY_SNAPSHOT_READY, but that's not the correct test: we won't open up
for hot standby queries until the database has reached consistency, and
we don't want to do the extra locking till then either, for fear of reading
corrupted pages (which bufmgr.c would complain about).  Fix by exporting a
new function from xlog.c that will report whether we're actually in hot
standby replay mode.

* To ensure full coverage of the index in the replay scan, btvacuumscan
would emit a dummy WAL record for the last page of the index, if no
vacuuming work had been done on that page.  However, if the last page
of the index is all-zero, that would result in corruption of said page,
since the functions called on it weren't prepared to handle that case.
There's no need to lock any such pages, so change the logic to target
the last normal leaf page instead.

The first two of these bugs were diagnosed by Andres Freund, the other one
by me.  Fixes based on ideas from Heikki Linnakangas and myself.

This has been wrong since Hot Standby was introduced, so back-patch to 9.0.
2014-01-14 17:35:21 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
c945af80cf Refactor checking whether we've reached the recovery target.
Makes the replay loop slightly more readable, by separating the concerns of
whether to stop and whether to delay, and how to extract the timestamp from
a record.

This has the user-visible change that the timestamp of the last applied
record is now updated after actually applying it. Before, it was updated
just before applying it. That meant that pg_last_xact_replay_timestamp()
could return the timestamp of a commit record that is in process of being
replayed, but not yet applied. Normally the difference is small, but if
min_recovery_apply_delay is set, there could be a significant delay between
reading a record and applying it.

Another behavioral change is that if you recover to a restore point, we stop
after the restore point record, not before it. It makes no difference as far
as running queries on the server is concerned, as applying a restore point
record changes nothing, but if examine the timeline history you will see
that the new timeline branched off just after the restore point record, not
before it. One practical consequence is that if you do PITR to the new
timeline, and set recovery target to the same named restore point again, it
will find and stop recovery at the same restore point. Conceptually, I think
it makes more sense to consider the restore point as part of the new
timeline's history than not.

In principle, setting the last-replayed timestamp before actually applying
the record was a bug all along, but it doesn't seem worth the risk to
backpatch, since min_recovery_apply_delay was only added in 9.4.
2014-01-09 14:00:39 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
3739e5ab93 Fix pause_at_recovery_target + recovery_target_inclusive combination.
If pause_at_recovery_target is set, recovery pauses *before* applying the
target record, even if recovery_target_inclusive is set. If you then
continue with pg_xlog_replay_resume(), it will apply the target record
before ending recovery. In other words, if you log in while it's paused
and verify that the database looks OK, ending recovery changes its state
again, possibly destroying data that you were tring to salvage with PITR.

Backpatch to 9.1, this has been broken since pause_at_recovery_target was
added.
2014-01-08 23:28:52 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
815d71deed If multiple recovery_targets are specified, use the latest one.
The docs say that only one of recovery_target_xid, recovery_target_time, or
recovery_target_name can be specified. But the code actually did something
different, so that a name overrode time, and xid overrode both time and name.
Now the target specified last takes effect, whether it's an xid, time or
name.

With this patch, we still accept multiple recovery_target settings, even
though docs say that only one can be specified. It's a general property of
the recovery.conf file parser that you if you specify the same option twice,
the last one takes effect, like with postgresql.conf.
2014-01-08 22:26:39 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
d59ff6c110 Fix bug in determining when recovery has reached consistency.
When starting WAL replay from an online checkpoint, the last replayed WAL
record variable was initialized using the checkpoint record's location, even
though the records between the REDO location and the checkpoint record had
not been replayed yet. That was noted as "slightly confusing" but harmless
in the comment, but in some cases, it fooled CheckRecoveryConsistency to
incorrectly conclude that we had already reached a consistent state
immediately at the beginning of WAL replay. That caused the system to accept
read-only connections in hot standby mode too early, and also PANICs with
message "WAL contains references to invalid pages".

Fix by initializing the variables to the REDO location instead.

In 9.2 and above, change CheckRecoveryConsistency() to use
lastReplayedEndRecPtr variable when checking if backup end location has
been reached. It was inconsistently using EndRecPtr for that check, but
lastReplayedEndRecPtr when checking min recovery point. It made no
difference before this patch, because in all the places where
CheckRecoveryConsistency was called the two variables were the same, but
it was always an accident waiting to happen, and would have been wrong
after this patch anyway.

Report and analysis by Tomonari Katsumata, bug #8686. Backpatch to 9.0,
where hot standby was introduced.
2014-01-08 15:03:09 +02:00
Bruce Momjian
7e04792a1c Update copyright for 2014
Update all files in head, and files COPYRIGHT and legal.sgml in all back
branches.
2014-01-07 16:05:30 -05:00
Magnus Hagander
9544cc0d65 Move permissions check from do_pg_start_backup to pg_start_backup
And the same for do_pg_stop_backup. The code in do_pg_* is not allowed
to access the catalogs. For manual base backups, the permissions
check can be handled in the calling function, and for streaming
base backups only users with the required permissions can get past
the authentication step in the first place.

Reported by Antonin Houska, diagnosed by Andres Freund
2014-01-07 17:50:56 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
edc43458d7 Add more use of psprintf() 2014-01-06 21:30:26 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
638cf09e76 Handle 5-char filenames in SlruScanDirectory
Original users of slru.c were all producing 4-digit filenames, so that
was all that that code was prepared to handle.  Changes to multixact.c
in the course of commit 0ac5ad5134 made pg_multixact/members create
5-digit filenames once a certain threshold was reached, which
SlruScanDirectory wasn't prepared to deal with; in particular,
5-digit-name files were not removed during truncation.  Change that
routine to make it aware of those files, and have it process them just
like any others.

Right now, some pg_multixact/members directories will contain a mixture
of 4-char and 5-char filenames.  A future commit is expected fix things
so that each slru.c user declares the correct maximum width for the
files it produces, to avoid such unsightly mixtures.

Noticed while investigating bug #8673 reported by Serge Negodyuck.
2014-01-02 18:17:29 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
a50d976254 Wrap multixact/members correctly during extension
In the 9.2 code for extending multixact/members, the logic was very
simple because the number of entries in a members page was a proper
divisor of 2^32, and thus at 2^32 wraparound the logic for page switch
was identical than at any other page boundary.  In commit 0ac5ad5134 I
failed to realize this and introduced code that was not able to go over
the 2^32 boundary.  Fix that by ensuring that when we reach the last
page of the last segment we correctly zero the initial page of the
initial segment, using correct uint32-wraparound-safe arithmetic.

Noticed while investigating bug #8673 reported by Serge Negodyuck, as
diagnosed by Andres Freund.
2014-01-02 18:17:07 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
722acf51a0 Handle wraparound during truncation in multixact/members
In pg_multixact/members, relying on modulo-2^32 arithmetic for
wraparound handling doesn't work all that well.  Because we don't
explicitely track wraparound of the allocation counter for members, it
is possible that the "live" area exceeds 2^31 entries; trying to remove
SLRU segments that are "old" according to the original logic might lead
to removal of segments still in use.  To fix, have the truncation
routine use a tailored SlruScanDirectory callback that keeps track of
the live area in actual use; that way, when the live range exceeds 2^31
entries, the oldest segments still live will not get removed untimely.

This new SlruScanDir callback needs to take care not to remove segments
that are "in the future": if new SLRU segments appear while the
truncation is ongoing, make sure we don't remove them.  This requires
examination of shared memory state to recheck for false positives, but
testing suggests that this doesn't cause a problem.  The original coding
didn't suffer from this pitfall because segments created when truncation
is running are never considered to be removable.

Per Andres Freund's investigation of bug #8673 reported by Serge
Negodyuck.
2014-01-02 18:16:54 -03:00
Robert Haas
4b351841fa Rename walLogHints to wal_log_hints for easier grepping.
Michael Paquier
2014-01-01 20:17:00 -05:00
Fujii Masao
961bf59fb7 Rename wal_log_hintbits to wal_log_hints, per discussion on pgsql-hackers.
Sawada Masahiko
2013-12-21 03:33:16 +09:00
Alvaro Herrera
11ac4c73cb Don't ignore tuple locks propagated by our updates
If a tuple was locked by transaction A, and transaction B updated it,
the new version of the tuple created by B would be locked by A, yet
visible only to B; due to an oversight in HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate, the
lock held by A wouldn't get checked if transaction B later deleted (or
key-updated) the new version of the tuple.  This might cause referential
integrity checks to give false positives (that is, allow deletes that
should have been rejected).

This is an easy oversight to have made, because prior to improved tuple
locks in commit 0ac5ad5134 it wasn't possible to have tuples created by
our own transaction that were also locked by remote transactions, and so
locks weren't even considered in that code path.

It is recommended that foreign keys be rechecked manually in bulk after
installing this update, in case some referenced rows are missing with
some referencing row remaining.

Per bug reported by Daniel Wood in
CAPweHKe5QQ1747X2c0tA=5zf4YnS2xcvGf13Opd-1Mq24rF1cQ@mail.gmail.com
2013-12-18 13:45:51 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
3b97e6823b Rework tuple freezing protocol
Tuple freezing was broken in connection to MultiXactIds; commit
8e53ae025d tried to fix it, but didn't go far enough.  As noted by
Noah Misch, freezing a tuple whose Xmax is a multi containing an aborted
update might cause locks in the multi to go ignored by later
transactions.  This is because the code depended on a multixact above
their cutoff point not having any lock-only member older than the cutoff
point for Xids, which is easily defeated in READ COMMITTED transactions.

The fix for this involves creating a new MultiXactId when necessary.
But this cannot be done during WAL replay, and moreover multixact
examination requires using CLOG access routines which are not supposed
to be used during WAL replay either; so tuple freezing cannot be done
with the old freeze WAL record.  Therefore, separate the freezing
computation from its execution, and change the WAL record to carry all
necessary information.  At WAL replay time, it's easy to re-execute
freezing because we don't need to re-compute the new infomask/Xmax
values but just take them from the WAL record.

While at it, restructure the coding to ensure all page changes occur in
a single critical section without much room for failures.  The previous
coding wasn't using a critical section, without any explanation as to
why this was acceptable.

In replication scenarios using the 9.3 branch, standby servers must be
upgraded before their master, so that they are prepared to deal with the
new WAL record once the master is upgraded; failure to do so will cause
WAL replay to die with a PANIC message.  Later upgrade of the standby
will allow the process to continue where it left off, so there's no
disruption of the data in the standby in any case.  Standbys know how to
deal with the old WAL record, so it's okay to keep the master running
the old code for a while.

In master, the old freeze WAL record is gone, for cleanliness' sake;
there's no compatibility concern there.

Backpatch to 9.3, where the original bug was introduced and where the
previous fix was backpatched.

Álvaro Herrera and Andres Freund
2013-12-16 11:29:50 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
60eea3780c Fix typo 2013-12-13 17:27:16 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
d881dd6233 Rework MultiXactId cache code
The original performs too poorly; in some scenarios it shows way too
high while profiling.  Try to make it a bit smarter to avoid excessive
cosst.  In particular, make it have a maximum size, and have entries be
sorted in LRU order; once the max size is reached, evict the oldest
entry to avoid it from growing too large.

Per complaint from Andres Freund in connection with new tuple freezing
code.
2013-12-13 17:16:25 -03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
dde6282500 Fix more instances of "the the" in comments.
Plus one instance of "to to" in the docs.
2013-12-13 20:02:01 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
50e547096c Add GUC to enable WAL-logging of hint bits, even with checksums disabled.
WAL records of hint bit updates is useful to tools that want to examine
which pages have been modified. In particular, this is required to make
the pg_rewind tool safe (without checksums).

This can also be used to test how much extra WAL-logging would occur if
you enabled checksums, without actually enabling them (which you can't
currently do without re-initdb'ing).

Sawada Masahiko, docs by Samrat Revagade. Reviewed by Dilip Kumar, with
further changes by me.
2013-12-13 16:26:14 +02:00
Tom Lane
ccca6f56f5 Fix ancient docs/comments thinko: XID comparison is mod 2^32, not 2^31.
Pointed out by Gianni Ciolli.
2013-12-12 12:39:48 -05:00
Simon Riggs
36da3cfb45 Allow time delayed standbys and recovery
Set min_recovery_apply_delay to force a delay in recovery apply for commit and
restore point WAL records. Other records are replayed immediately. Delay is
measured between WAL record time and local standby time.

Robert Haas, Fabrízio de Royes Mello and Simon Riggs
Detailed review by Mitsumasa Kondo
2013-12-12 10:53:20 +00:00
Tom Lane
22310b808d Remove bogus executable permissions on xlog.c.
Apparently fat-fingered in 1a3d104475.
Noted by Peter Geoghegan.
2013-12-11 22:12:25 -05:00
Robert Haas
e55704d8b2 Add new wal_level, logical, sufficient for logical decoding.
When wal_level=logical, we'll log columns from the old tuple as
configured by the REPLICA IDENTITY facility added in commit
07cacba983.  This makes it possible
a properly-configured logical replication solution to correctly
follow table updates even if they change the chosen key columns,
or, with REPLICA IDENTITY FULL, even if the table has no key at
all.  Note that updates which do not modify the replica identity
column won't log anything extra, making the choice of a good key
(i.e. one that will rarely be changed) important to performance
when wal_level=logical is configured.

Each insert, update, or delete to a catalog table will also log
the CMIN and/or CMAX values of stamped by the current transaction.
This is necessary because logical decoding will require access to
historical snapshots of the catalog in order to decode some data
types, and the CMIN/CMAX values that we may need in order to judge
row visibility may have been overwritten by the time we need them.

Andres Freund, reviewed in various versions by myself, Heikki
Linnakangas, KONDO Mitsumasa, and many others.
2013-12-10 19:01:40 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
fef88b3fda Report exit code from external recovery commands properly
When an external recovery command such as restore_command or
archive_cleanup_command fails, report the exit code properly,
distinguishing signals and normal exists, using the existing
wait_result_to_str() facility, instead of just reporting the return
value from system().

Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan <pg@heroku.com>
2013-12-02 22:31:05 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
2393c7d102 Fix a couple of bugs in MultiXactId freezing
Both heap_freeze_tuple() and heap_tuple_needs_freeze() neglected to look
into a multixact to check the members against cutoff_xid.  This means
that a very old Xid could survive hidden within a multi, possibly
outliving its CLOG storage.  In the distant future, this would cause
clog lookup failures:
ERROR:  could not access status of transaction 3883960912
DETAIL:  Could not open file "pg_clog/0E78": No such file or directory.

This mostly was problematic when the updating transaction aborted, since
in that case the row wouldn't get pruned away earlier in vacuum and the
multixact could possibly survive for a long time.  In many cases, data
that is inaccessible for this reason way can be brought back
heuristically.

As a second bug, heap_freeze_tuple() didn't properly handle multixacts
that need to be frozen according to cutoff_multi, but whose updater xid
is still alive.  Instead of preserving the update Xid, it just set Xmax
invalid, which leads to both old and new tuple versions becoming
visible.  This is pretty rare in practice, but a real threat
nonetheless.  Existing corrupted rows, unfortunately, cannot be repaired
in an automated fashion.

Existing physical replicas might have already incorrectly frozen tuples
because of different behavior than in master, which might only become
apparent in the future once pg_multixact/ is truncated; it is
recommended that all clones be rebuilt after upgrading.

Following code analysis caused by bug report by J Smith in message
CADFUPgc5bmtv-yg9znxV-vcfkb+JPRqs7m2OesQXaM_4Z1JpdQ@mail.gmail.com
and privately by F-Secure.

Backpatch to 9.3, where freezing of MultiXactIds was introduced.

Analysis and patch by Andres Freund, with some tweaks by Álvaro.
2013-11-29 21:47:25 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
1df0122daa Truncate pg_multixact/'s contents during crash recovery
Commit 9dc842f08 of 8.2 era prevented MultiXact truncation during crash
recovery, because there was no guarantee that enough state had been
setup, and because it wasn't deemed to be a good idea to remove data
during crash recovery anyway.  Since then, due to Hot-Standby, streaming
replication and PITR, the amount of time a cluster can spend doing crash
recovery has increased significantly, to the point that a cluster may
even never come out of it.  This has made not truncating the content of
pg_multixact/ not defensible anymore.

To fix, take care to setup enough state for multixact truncation before
crash recovery starts (easy since checkpoints contain the required
information), and move the current end-of-recovery actions to a new
TrimMultiXact() function, analogous to TrimCLOG().

At some later point, this should probably done similarly to the way
clog.c is doing it, which is to just WAL log truncations, but we can't
do that for the back branches.

Back-patch to 9.0.  8.4 also has the problem, but since there's no hot
standby there, it's much less pressing.  In 9.2 and earlier, this patch
is simpler than in newer branches, because multixact access during
recovery isn't required.  Add appropriate checks to make sure that's not
happening.

Andres Freund
2013-11-29 21:47:15 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
f54106f77e Fix full-table-vacuum request mechanism for MultiXactIds
While autovacuum dutifully launched anti-multixact-wraparound vacuums
when the multixact "age" was reached, the vacuum code was not aware that
it needed to make them be full table vacuums.  As the resulting
partial-table vacuums aren't capable of actually increasing relminmxid,
autovacuum continued to launch anti-wraparound vacuums that didn't have
the intended effect, until age of relfrozenxid caused the vacuum to
finally be a full table one via vacuum_freeze_table_age.

To fix, introduce logic for multixacts similar to that for plain
TransactionIds, using the same GUCs.

Backpatch to 9.3, where permanent MultiXactIds were introduced.

Andres Freund, some cleanup by Álvaro
2013-11-29 21:47:13 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
76a31c689c Replace hardcoded 200000000 with autovacuum_freeze_max_age
Parts of the code used autovacuum_freeze_max_age to determine whether
anti-multixact-wraparound vacuums are necessary, while others used a
hardcoded 200000000 value.  This leads to problems when
autovacuum_freeze_max_age is set to a non-default value.  Use the latter
everywhere.

Backpatch to 9.3, where vacuuming of multixacts was introduced.

Andres Freund
2013-11-29 21:47:09 -03:00
Tom Lane
16e1b7a1b7 Fix assorted race conditions in the new timeout infrastructure.
Prevent handle_sig_alarm from losing control partway through due to a query
cancel (either an asynchronous SIGINT, or a cancel triggered by one of the
timeout handler functions).  That would at least result in failure to
schedule any required future interrupt, and might result in actual
corruption of timeout.c's data structures, if the interrupt happened while
we were updating those.

We could still lose control if an asynchronous SIGINT arrives just as the
function is entered.  This wouldn't break any data structures, but it would
have the same effect as if the SIGALRM interrupt had been silently lost:
we'd not fire any currently-due handlers, nor schedule any new interrupt.
To forestall that scenario, forcibly reschedule any pending timer interrupt
during AbortTransaction and AbortSubTransaction.  We can avoid any extra
kernel call in most cases by not doing that until we've allowed
LockErrorCleanup to kill the DEADLOCK_TIMEOUT and LOCK_TIMEOUT events.

Another hazard is that some platforms (at least Linux and *BSD) block a
signal before calling its handler and then unblock it on return.  When we
longjmp out of the handler, the unblock doesn't happen, and the signal is
left blocked indefinitely.  Again, we can fix that by forcibly unblocking
signals during AbortTransaction and AbortSubTransaction.

These latter two problems do not manifest when the longjmp reaches
postgres.c, because the error recovery code there kills all pending timeout
events anyway, and it uses sigsetjmp(..., 1) so that the appropriate signal
mask is restored.  So errors thrown outside any transaction should be OK
already, and cleaning up in AbortTransaction and AbortSubTransaction should
be enough to fix these issues.  (We're assuming that any code that catches
a query cancel error and doesn't re-throw it will do at least a
subtransaction abort to clean up; but that was pretty much required already
by other subsystems.)

Lastly, ProcSleep should not clear the LOCK_TIMEOUT indicator flag when
disabling that event: if a lock timeout interrupt happened after the lock
was granted, the ensuing query cancel is still going to happen at the next
CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS, and we want to report it as a lock timeout not a user
cancel.

Per reports from Dan Wood.

Back-patch to 9.3 where the new timeout handling infrastructure was
introduced.  We may at some point decide to back-patch the signal
unblocking changes further, but I'll desist from that until we hear
actual field complaints about it.
2013-11-29 16:41:00 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
a6542a4b68 Change SET LOCAL/CONSTRAINTS/TRANSACTION and ABORT behavior
Change SET LOCAL/CONSTRAINTS/TRANSACTION behavior outside of a
transaction block from error (post-9.3) to warning.  (Was nothing in <=
9.3.)  Also change ABORT outside of a transaction block from notice to
warning.
2013-11-25 19:19:40 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
98f58a30c1 Fix Hot-Standby initialization of clog and subtrans.
These bugs can cause data loss on standbys started with hot_standby=on at
the moment they start to accept read only queries, by marking committed
transactions as uncommited. The likelihood of such corruptions is small
unless the primary has a high transaction rate.

5a031a5556 fixed bugs in HS's startup logic
by maintaining less state until at least STANDBY_SNAPSHOT_PENDING state
was reached, missing the fact that both clog and subtrans are written to
before that. This only failed to fail in common cases because the usage
of ExtendCLOG in procarray.c was superflous since clog extensions are
actually WAL logged.

f44eedc3f0f347a856eea8590730769125964597/I then tried to fix the missing
extensions of pg_subtrans due to the former commit's changes - which are
not WAL logged - by performing the extensions when switching to a state
> STANDBY_INITIALIZED and not performing xid assignments before that -
again missing the fact that ExtendCLOG is unneccessary - but screwed up
twice: Once because latestObservedXid wasn't updated anymore in that
state due to the earlier commit and once by having an off-by-one error in
the loop performing extensions. This means that whenever a
CLOG_XACTS_PER_PAGE (32768 with default settings) boundary was crossed
between the start of the checkpoint recovery started from and the first
xl_running_xact record old transactions commit bits in pg_clog could be
overwritten if they started and committed in that window.

Fix this mess by not performing ExtendCLOG() in HS at all anymore since
it's unneeded and evidently dangerous and by performing subtrans
extensions even before reaching STANDBY_SNAPSHOT_PENDING.

Analysis and patch by Andres Freund. Reported by Christophe Pettus.
Backpatch down to 9.0, like the previous commit that caused this.
2013-11-22 14:45:41 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
1a3d104475 Avoid acquiring spinlock when checking if recovery has finished, for speed.
RecoveryIsInProgress() can be called very frequently. During normal
operation, it just checks a backend-local variable and returns quickly,
but during hot standby, it checks a spinlock-protected shared variable.
Those spinlock acquisitions can become a point of contention on a busy
hot standby system.

Replace the spinlock acquisition with a memory barrier.

Per discussion with Andres Freund, Ants Aasma and Merlin Moncure.
2013-11-22 13:07:23 +02:00
Robert Haas
cacbdd7810 Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible.
This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming
practice.

David Rowley
2013-10-31 10:55:59 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
4d6d425ab8 Fix typos in comments. 2013-10-24 11:50:02 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
5962519b36 TYPEALIGN doesn't work on int64 on 32-bit platforms.
The TYPEALIGN macro, and the related ones like MAXALIGN, don't work with
values larger than intptr_t, because TYPEALIGN casts the argument to
intptr_t to do the arithmetic. That's not a problem when dealing with
pointers or lengths or offsets related to pointers, but the XLogInsert
scaling patch added a call to MAXALIGN with an XLogRecPtr argument.

To fix, add wider variants of the macros, called TYPEALIGN64 and MAXALIGN64,
which are just like the existing variants but work with uint64 instead of
intptr_t.

Report and patch by David Rowley, analysis by Andres Freund.
2013-10-08 01:59:57 +03:00
Alvaro Herrera
dd778e9d88 Rename various "freeze multixact" variables
It seems to make more sense to use "cutoff multixact" terminology
throughout the backend code; "freeze" is associated with replacing of an
Xid with FrozenTransactionId, which is not what we do for MultiXactIds.

Andres Freund
Some adjustments by Álvaro Herrera
2013-09-16 15:47:31 -03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
0892ecbc01 Add a GUC to report whether data page checksums are enabled.
Bernd Helmle
2013-09-16 14:36:01 +03:00
Robert Haas
71901ab6da Introduce InvalidCommandId.
This allows a 32-bit field to represent an *optional* command ID
without a separate flag bit.

Andres Freund
2013-09-09 16:25:29 -04:00
Jeff Davis
b1892aaeaa Revert WAL posix_fallocate() patches.
This reverts commit 269e780822
and commit 5b571bb8c8.

Unfortunately, the initial patch had insufficient performance testing,
and resulted in a regression.

Per report by Thom Brown.
2013-09-04 23:43:41 -07:00
Heikki Linnakangas
375d8526f2 Keep heavily-contended fields in XLogCtlInsert on different cache lines.
Performance testing shows that if the insertpos_lck spinlock and the fields
that it protects are on the same cache line with other variables that are
frequently accessed, the false sharing can hurt performance a lot. Keep
them apart by adding some padding.
2013-09-04 23:14:33 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
3619a20d33 Rename the "fast_promote" file to just "promote".
This keeps the usual trigger file name unchanged from 9.2, avoiding nasty
issues if you use a pre-9.3 pg_ctl binary with a 9.3 server or vice versa.
The fallback behavior of creating a full checkpoint before starting up is now
triggered by a file called "fallback_promote". That can be useful for
debugging purposes, but we don't expect any users to have to resort to that
and we might want to remove that in the future, which is why the fallback
mechanism is undocumented.
2013-08-19 20:59:51 +03:00
Alvaro Herrera
78e1220104 Fix pg_upgrade failure from servers older than 9.3
When upgrading from servers of versions 9.2 and older, and MultiXactIds
have been used in the old server beyond the first page (that is, 2048
multis or more in the default 8kB-page build), pg_upgrade would set the
next multixact offset to use beyond what has been allocated in the new
cluster.  This would cause a failure the first time the new cluster
needs to use this value, because the pg_multixact/offsets/ file wouldn't
exist or wouldn't be large enough.  To fix, ensure that the transient
server instances launched by pg_upgrade extend the file as necessary.

Per report from Jesse Denardo in
CANiVXAj4c88YqipsyFQPboqMudnjcNTdB3pqe8ReXqAFQ=HXyA@mail.gmail.com
2013-08-19 12:56:18 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
072457b360 Message punctuation and pluralization fixes 2013-08-09 08:02:44 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
626092a2e1 Message style improvements 2013-07-28 07:01:13 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
107cbc90a7 Fix variable names mentioned in comment to match the code.
Also, in another comment, explain why holding an insertion slot is a
critical section.

Per review by Amit Kapila.
2013-07-17 23:32:32 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
59c02a36f0 Fix assert failure at end of recovery, broken by XLogInsert scaling patch.
Initialization of the first XLOG buffer at end-of-recovery was broken for
the case that the last read WAL record ended at a page boundary. Instead of
trying to copy the last full xlog page to the buffer cache in that case,
just set shared state so that the next page is initialized when the first
WAL record after startup is inserted. (that's what we did in earlier
version, too)

To make the shared state required for that case less surprising, replace the
XLogCtl->curridx variable, which was the index of the latest initialized
buffer, with an XLogRecPtr of how far the buffers have been initialized.
That also allows us to get rid of the XLogRecEndPtrToBufIdx macro.

While we're at it, make a similar change for XLogCtl->Write.curridx, getting
rid of that variable and calculating the next buffer to write from
XLogCtl->LogwrtResult instead.
2013-07-17 23:12:22 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
f489470f8a Fix Windows build.
Was broken by my xloginsert scaling patch. XLogCtl global variable needs
to be initialized in each process, as it's not inherited by fork() on
Windows.
2013-07-08 17:28:48 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
9a20a9b21b Improve scalability of WAL insertions.
This patch replaces WALInsertLock with a number of WAL insertion slots,
allowing multiple backends to insert WAL records to the WAL buffers
concurrently. This is particularly useful for parallel loading large amounts
of data on a system with many CPUs.

This has one user-visible change: switching to a new WAL segment with
pg_switch_xlog() now fills the remaining unused portion of the segment with
zeros. This potentially adds some overhead, but it has been a very common
practice by DBA's to clear the "tail" of the segment with an external
pg_clearxlogtail utility anyway, to make the WAL files compress better.
With this patch, it's no longer necessary to do that.

This patch adds a new GUC, xloginsert_slots, to tune the number of WAL
insertion slots. Performance testing suggests that the default, 8, works
pretty well for all kinds of worklods, but I left the GUC in place to allow
others with different hardware to test that easily. We might want to remove
that before release.

Reviewed by Andres Freund.
2013-07-08 11:23:56 +03:00
Jeff Davis
5b571bb8c8 Handle posix_fallocate() errors.
On some platforms, posix_fallocate() is available but may still return
EINVAL if the underlying filesystem does not support it.  So, in case
of an error, fall through to the alternate implementation that just
writes zeros.

Per buildfarm failure and analysis by Tom Lane.
2013-07-06 13:46:04 -07:00
Jeff Davis
269e780822 Use posix_fallocate() for new WAL files, where available.
This function is more efficient than actually writing out zeroes to
the new file, per microbenchmarks by Jon Nelson. Also, it may reduce
the likelihood of WAL file fragmentation.

Jon Nelson, with review by Andres Freund, Greg Smith and me.
2013-07-05 12:30:29 -07:00
Robert Haas
6bc8ef0b7f Add new GUC, max_worker_processes, limiting number of bgworkers.
In 9.3, there's no particular limit on the number of bgworkers;
instead, we just count up the number that are actually registered,
and use that to set MaxBackends.  However, that approach causes
problems for Hot Standby, which needs both MaxBackends and the
size of the lock table to be the same on the standby as on the
master, yet it may not be desirable to run the same bgworkers in
both places.  9.3 handles that by failing to notice the problem,
which will probably work fine in nearly all cases anyway, but is
not theoretically sound.

A further problem with simply counting the number of registered
workers is that new workers can't be registered without a
postmaster restart.  This is inconvenient for administrators,
since bouncing the postmaster causes an interruption of service.
Moreover, there are a number of applications for background
processes where, by necessity, the background process must be
started on the fly (e.g. parallel query).  While this patch
doesn't actually make it possible to register new background
workers after startup time, it's a necessary prerequisite.

Patch by me.  Review by Michael Paquier.
2013-07-04 11:24:24 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
79ce29c734 Retry short writes when flushing WAL.
We don't normally bother retrying when the number of bytes written by
write() is short of what was requested. It is generally assumed that a
write() to disk doesn't return short, unless you run out of disk space.
While writing the WAL, however, it seems prudent to try a bit harder,
because a failure leads to PANIC. The write() is also much larger than most
write()s in the backend (up to wal_buffers), so there's more room for
surprises.

Also retry on EINTR. All signals used in the backend are flagged SA_RESTART
nowadays, so it shouldn't happen, but better to be defensive.
2013-07-01 09:36:00 +03:00
Simon Riggs
1f09121b4e Ensure no xid gaps during Hot Standby startup
In some cases with higher numbers of subtransactions
it was possible for us to incorrectly initialize
subtrans leading to complaints of missing pages.

Bug report by Sergey Konoplev
Analysis and fix by Andres Freund
2013-06-23 11:05:02 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
7dfd5cd21c Clarify terminology standalone backend vs. single-user mode
Most of the documentation uses "single-user mode", so use that in the
code as well.  Adjust the documentation to match the new error message
wording.  Also add a documentation index entry for "single-user mode".

Based-on-patch-by: Jeff Janes <jeff.janes@gmail.com>
2013-06-20 23:03:18 -04:00
Jeff Davis
b8fd1a09f3 Add buffer_std flag to MarkBufferDirtyHint().
MarkBufferDirtyHint() writes WAL, and should know if it's got a
standard buffer or not. Currently, the only callers where buffer_std
is false are related to the FSM.

In passing, rename XLOG_HINT to XLOG_FPI, which is more descriptive.

Back-patch to 9.3.
2013-06-17 08:02:12 -07:00
Tom Lane
c62866eeaf Remove special-case treatment of LOG severity level in standalone mode.
elog.c has historically treated LOG messages as low-priority during
bootstrap and standalone operation.  This has led to confusion and even
masked a bug, because the normal expectation of code authors is that
elog(LOG) will put something into the postmaster log, and that wasn't
happening during initdb.  So get rid of the special-case rule and make
the priority order the same as it is in normal operation.  To keep from
cluttering initdb's output and the behavior of a standalone backend,
tweak the severity level of three messages routinely issued by xlog.c
during startup and shutdown so that they won't appear in these cases.
Per my proposal back in December.
2013-06-13 23:15:15 -04:00
Noah Misch
fb435f40d5 Observe array length in HaveVirtualXIDsDelayingChkpt().
Since commit f21bb9cfb5, this function
ignores the caller-provided length and loops until it finds a
terminator, which GetVirtualXIDsDelayingChkpt() never adds.  Restore the
previous loop control logic.  In passing, revert the addition of an
unused variable by the same commit, presumably a debugging relic.
2013-06-12 19:50:14 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
f73cb5567c Fix typo in comment. 2013-06-06 18:27:01 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
e1e2bb34f1 Code review of recycling WAL segments in a restartpoint.
Seems cleaner to get the currently-replayed TLI in the same call to
GetXLogReplayRecPtr that we get the WAL position. Make it more clear in the
comment what the code does when recovery has already ended
(RecoveryInProgress() will set ThisTimeLineID in that case). Finally, make
resetting ThisTimeLineID afterwards more explicit.
2013-06-03 09:25:12 +03:00
Stephen Frost
c9fc28a7f1 Minor spelling fixes
Fix a few spelling mistakes.

Per bug report #8193 from Lajos Veres.
2013-06-01 10:18:59 -04:00
Stephen Frost
551938ae22 Post-pgindent cleanup
Make slightly better decisions about indentation than what pgindent
is capable of.  Mostly breaking out long function calls into one
line per argument, with a few other minor adjustments.

No functional changes- all whitespace.
pgindent ran cleanly (didn't change anything) after.
Passes all regressions.
2013-06-01 09:38:15 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
9af4159fce pgindent run for release 9.3
This is the first run of the Perl-based pgindent script.  Also update
pgindent instructions.
2013-05-29 16:58:43 -04:00
Simon Riggs
22a27ef113 After fast promotion use CHECKPOINT_FORCE
Not necessary for correctness, just to make
log_checkpoints output look less singular.

Requested by Fujii Masao
2013-05-21 21:27:12 +01:00
Simon Riggs
75a192638f Maintain ThisTimeLineID correctly in checkpointer
checkpointer needs to reset ThisTimeLineID after
a restartpoint to allow installing/recycling new
WAL files. If recovery has already ended this
would leave ThisTimeLineID set incorrectly and
so we must reset it otherwise later checkpoints
do not have the correct timeline.

Bug report by Heikki Linnakangas.
Further investigation by Heikki and myself.
2013-05-21 21:17:04 +01:00
Simon Riggs
d4337a0dcb Init crash recovery using the latest available TLI
This simplifies the handling of crashes after fast promotion and various
minor cases that can exist in short timing windows around that case.

Broad fix to bug reported by Michael Paquier on -hackers,
approach prompted by Heikki Linnakangas
2013-05-19 17:31:07 +01:00
Simon Riggs
1781744cfc Emit msg correctly for timeline-crossing crash 2013-05-19 17:00:18 +01:00
Simon Riggs
c94dff4c3c Remove single space on end of a line in xlog.c
Michael Paquier
2013-05-19 15:38:47 +01:00
Tom Lane
e9c336c786 Fix handling of OID wraparound while in standalone mode.
If OID wraparound should occur while in standalone mode (unlikely but
possible), we want to advance the counter to FirstNormalObjectId not
FirstBootstrapObjectId.  Otherwise, user objects might be created with OIDs
in the system-reserved range.  That isn't immediately harmful but it poses
a risk of conflicts during future pg_upgrade operations.

Noted by Andres Freund.  Back-patch to all supported branches, since all of
them are supported sources for pg_upgrade operations.
2013-05-13 15:40:16 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
2ffa66f497 Fix walsender failure at promotion.
If a standby server has a cascading standby server connected to it, it's
possible that WAL has already been sent up to the next WAL page boundary,
splitting a WAL record in the middle, when the first standby server is
promoted. Don't throw an assertion failure or error in walsender if that
happens.

Also, fix a variant of the same bug in pg_receivexlog: if it had already
received WAL on previous timeline up to a segment boundary, when the
upstream standby server is promoted so that the timeline switch record falls
on the previous segment, pg_receivexlog would miss the segment containing
the timeline switch. To fix that, have walsender send the position of the
timeline switch at end-of-streaming, in addition to the next timeline's ID.
It was previously assumed that the switch happened exactly where the
streaming stopped.

Note: this is an incompatible change in the streaming protocol. You might
get an error if you try to stream over timeline switches, if the client is
running 9.3beta1 and the server is more recent. It should be fine after a
reconnect, however.

Reported by Fujii Masao.
2013-05-08 20:30:17 +03:00
Simon Riggs
443951748c Record data_checksum_version in control file.
The value is not used anywhere in code, but will
allow future changes to the checksum version
should that become necessary in the future.
2013-04-30 12:27:12 +01:00
Simon Riggs
2317a63328 Make fast promotion the default promotion mode.
Continue to allow a request for synchronous
checkpoints as a mechanism in case of problems.
2013-04-24 12:21:18 +01:00
Robert Haas
4cff7b9dd6 Remove duplicate initialization in XLogReadRecord.
Per a note from Dickson S. Guedes.
2013-04-09 23:59:31 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
594041311c Fix calculation of how many segments to retain for wal_keep_segments.
KeepLogSeg function was broken when we switched to use a 64-bit int for the
segment number.

Per report from Jeff Janes.
2013-04-08 16:29:56 +03:00
Simon Riggs
5787c6730e Skip extraneous locking in XLogCheckBuffer().
Heikki reported comment was wrong, so fixed
code to match the comment: we only need to
take additional locking precautions when we
have a shared lock on the buffer.
2013-04-08 09:11:49 +01:00
Simon Riggs
47c4333189 Avoid tricky race condition recording XLOG_HINT
We copy the buffer before inserting an XLOG_HINT to avoid WAL CRC errors
caused by concurrent hint writes to buffer while share locked. To make this work
we refactor RestoreBackupBlock() to allow an XLOG_HINT to avoid the normal
path for backup blocks, which assumes the underlying buffer is exclusive locked.
Resulting code completely changes layout of XLOG_HINT WAL records, but
this isn't even beta code, so this is a low impact change.
In passing, avoid taking WALInsertLock for full page writes on checksummed
hints, remove related cruft from XLogInsert() and improve xlog_desc record for
XLOG_HINT.

Andres Freund

Bug report by Fujii Masao, testing by Jeff Janes and Jaime Casanova,
review by Jeff Davis and Simon Riggs. Applied with changes from review
and some comment editing.
2013-04-08 08:52:39 +01:00
Tom Lane
ce9ab88981 Make REPLICATION privilege checks test current user not authenticated user.
The pg_start_backup() and pg_stop_backup() functions checked the privileges
of the initially-authenticated user rather than the current user, which is
wrong.  For example, a user-defined index function could successfully call
these functions when executed by ANALYZE within autovacuum.  This could
allow an attacker with valid but low-privilege database access to interfere
with creation of routine backups.  Reported and fixed by Noah Misch.

Security: CVE-2013-1901
2013-04-01 13:09:24 -04:00
Simon Riggs
593c39d156 Revoke bc5334d867 2013-03-28 09:18:02 +00:00
Simon Riggs
bc5334d867 Allow external recovery_config_directory
If required, recovery.conf can now be located outside of the data directory.
Server needs read/write permissions on this directory.
2013-03-27 11:45:42 +00:00
Tom Lane
f7f210b5c4 Fix grammatical errors in some new message strings.
Daniele Varrazzo
2013-03-26 17:52:00 -04:00
Simon Riggs
96ef3b8ff1 Allow I/O reliability checks using 16-bit checksums
Checksums are set immediately prior to flush out of shared buffers
and checked when pages are read in again. Hint bit setting will
require full page write when block is dirtied, which causes various
infrastructure changes. Extensive comments, docs and README.

WARNING message thrown if checksum fails on non-all zeroes page;
ERROR thrown but can be disabled with ignore_checksum_failure = on.

Feature enabled by an initdb option, since transition from option off
to option on is long and complex and has not yet been implemented.
Default is not to use checksums.

Checksum used is WAL CRC-32 truncated to 16-bits.

Simon Riggs, Jeff Davis, Greg Smith
Wide input and assistance from many community members. Thank you.
2013-03-22 13:54:07 +00:00
Simon Riggs
bb7cc2623f Remove PageSetTLI and rename pd_tli to pd_checksum
Remove use of PageSetTLI() from all page manipulation functions
and adjust README to indicate change in the way we make changes
to pages. Repurpose those bytes into the pd_checksum field and
explain how that works in comments about page header.

Refactoring ahead of actual feature patch which would make use
of the checksum field, arriving later.

Jeff Davis, with comments and doc changes by Simon Riggs
Direction suggested by Robert Haas; many others providing
review comments.
2013-03-18 13:46:42 +00:00
Tom Lane
da5aeccf64 Move pqsignal() to libpgport.
We had two copies of this function in the backend and libpq, which was
already pretty bogus, but it turns out that we need it in some other
programs that don't use libpq (such as pg_test_fsync).  So put it where
it probably should have been all along.  The signal-mask-initialization
support in src/backend/libpq/pqsignal.c stays where it is, though, since
we only need that in the backend.
2013-03-17 12:06:42 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
7ccefe8610 Fix tli history file fetching, broken by the archive after crash recevery patch.
If we were about to enter archive recovery after crash recovery, we scanned
the archive for the latest tli history file, and set the recovery target
timeline to that. However, when we actually tried to read the history file,
we would not fetch the file from the archive, because we were not in archive
recovery yet.

To fix, make readTimeLineHistory and existsTimeLineHistory to always fetch
the file from archive if archive recovery is requested, even if we're not in
archive recovery yet.

Backpatch to 9.2. Mitsumasa KONDO
2013-03-07 12:33:24 +02:00
Tom Lane
2b78d101d1 Fix SQL function execution to be safe with long-lived FmgrInfos.
fmgr_sql had been designed on the assumption that the FmgrInfo it's called
with has only query lifespan.  This is demonstrably unsafe in connection
with range types, as shown in bug #7881 from Andrew Gierth.  Fix things
so that we re-generate the function's cache data if the (sub)transaction
it was made in is no longer active.

Back-patch to 9.2.  This might be needed further back, but it's not clear
whether the case can realistically arise without range types, so for now
I'll desist from back-patching further.
2013-03-03 17:39:58 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
6c4f6664b2 Fix thinko in previous commit.
We must still initialize minRecoveryPoint if we start straight with archive
recovery, e.g when recovering from a normal base backup taken with
pg_start/stop_backup. Otherwise we never consider the system consistent.
2013-02-22 13:12:43 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
abf5c5c9a4 If recovery.conf is created after "pg_ctl stop -m i", do crash recovery.
If you create a base backup using an atomic filesystem snapshot, and try to
perform PITR starting from that base backup, or if you just kill a master
server and create recovery.conf to put it into standby mode, we don't know
how far we need to recover before reaching consistency. Normally in crash
recovery, we replay all the WAL present in pg_xlog, and assume that we're
consistent after that. And normally in archive recovery, minRecoveryPoint,
backupEndRequired, or backupEndPoint is set in the control file, indicating
how far we need to replay to reach consistency. But if the server was
previously up and running normally, and you kill -9 it or take an atomic
filesystem snapshot, none of those fields are set in the control file.

The solution is to perform crash recovery first, replaying all the WAL in
pg_xlog. After that's done, we assume that the system is consistent like in
normal crash recovery, and switch to archive recovery mode after that.

Per report from Kyotaro HORIGUCHI. In his scenario, recovery.conf was
created after "pg_ctl stop -m i". I'm not sure we need to support that exact
scenario, but we should support backing up using a filesystem snapshot,
which looks identical.

This issue goes back to at least 9.0, where hot standby was introduced and
we started to track when consistency is reached. In 9.1 and 9.2, we would
open up for hot standby too early, and queries could briefly see an
inconsistent state. But 9.2 made it more visible, as we started to PANIC if
we see a reference to a non-existing page during recovery, if we've already
reached consistency. This is a fairly big patch, so back-patch to 9.2 only,
where the issue is more visible. We can consider back-patching further after
this has received some more testing in 9.2 and master.
2013-02-22 12:32:41 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera
a730183926 Move relpath() to libpgcommon
This enables non-backend code, such as pg_xlogdump, to use it easily.
The previous location, in src/backend/catalog/catalog.c, made that
essentially impossible because that file depends on many backend-only
facilities; so this needs to live separately.
2013-02-21 22:46:17 -03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
1bd42cd70a Better fix for "unarchived WAL files get deleted on crash recovery" bug.
Revert my earlier fix for the bug that unarchived WAL files get deleted on
crash recovery, commit c9cc7e05c6. We create
a .done file for files streamed or restored from archive, so the WAL file
recycling logic used during normal operation works just as well during
archive recovery.

Per Fujii Masao's suggestion.
2013-02-15 19:33:31 +02:00
Simon Riggs
c2f79ba269 Force archive_status of .done for xlogs created by dearchival/replication.
This is a forward-patch of commit 6f4b8a4f4f,
applied to 9.2 back in August. The plan was to do something else in master,
but it looks like it's not going to happen, so let's just apply the 9.2
solution to master as well.

Fujii Masao
2013-02-15 19:28:06 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
c9cc7e05c6 Don't delete unarchived WAL files during crash recovery.
Bug reported by Jehan-Guillaume (ioguix) de Rorthais. This was introduced
with the change to keep WAL files restored from archive in pg_xlog, in 9.2.
2013-02-15 17:43:59 +02:00
Tom Lane
fdaf44862b Invent pre-commit/pre-prepare/pre-subcommit events for xact callbacks.
Currently it's only possible for loadable modules to get control during
post-commit cleanup of a transaction.  That doesn't work too well if they
want to do something that could throw an error; for example, an FDW might
need to issue a remote commit, which could well fail.  To improve matters,
extend the existing APIs for XactCallback and SubXactCallback functions
to provide new pre-commit events for this purpose.

The release notes will need to mention that existing callback functions
should be checked to make sure they don't do something unwanted when one
of the new event types occurs.  In the examples within our source tree,
contrib/sepgsql was fine but plpgsql had been a bit too cute.
2013-02-14 20:35:08 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
62401db45c Support unlogged GiST index.
The reason this wasn't supported before was that GiST indexes need an
increasing sequence to detect concurrent page-splits. In a regular WAL-
logged GiST index, the LSN of the page-split record is used for that
purpose, and in a temporary index, we can get away with a backend-local
counter. Neither of those methods works for an unlogged relation.

To provide such an increasing sequence of numbers, create a "fake LSN"
counter that is saved and restored across shutdowns. On recovery, unlogged
relations are blown away, so the counter doesn't need to survive that
either.

Jeevan Chalke, based on discussions with Robert Haas, Tom Lane and me.
2013-02-11 23:07:09 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
b669f416ce Fix checkpoint after fast promotion.
The intention was to request a regular online checkpoint immediately after
end of recovery, when performing "fast promotion". However, because the
checkpoint was requested before other backends were allowed to write WAL,
the checkpointer process performed a restartpoint rather than a checkpoint.

Delay the RequestCheckPoint call until after recovery has truly ended, so
that you get a real checkpoint.
2013-02-11 22:22:08 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
7803e9327d Include previous TLI in end-of-recovery and shutdown checkpoint records.
This isn't used for anything but a sanity check at the moment, but it could
be highly valuable for debugging purposes. It could also be used to recreate
timeline history by traversing WAL, which seems useful.
2013-02-11 18:16:25 +02:00
Simon Riggs
072521b8c8 Rely only on checkpoint 1 at end of recovery.
Searching for checkpoint 2 (previous) is not
correct in all cases.

Bug report from Heikki Linnakangas
2013-02-07 16:33:05 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
5a1cd89f8f Split out list of XLog resource managers
The new rmgrlist.h header, containing all necessary data
about built-in resource managers, allows other pieces of code to
access them.

In particular, this allows a future pg_xlogdump program to extract
rm_desc function pointers, without having to keep a duplicate list of
them.
2013-02-06 08:47:28 -03:00
Simon Riggs
3f0ab05233 Switch timelines if we crash soon after promotion.
Previous patch to skip checkpoints at end of recovery didn't
correctly perform crash recovery, fumbling the timeline switch.
Now we record the minRecoveryPointTLI of the newly selected
timeline, so that we crash recover to the correct timeline.

Bug report from Fujii Masao, investigated by me.
2013-01-31 19:29:32 +00:00
Simon Riggs
fd4ced5230 Fast promote mode skips checkpoint at end of recovery.
pg_ctl promote -m fast will skip the checkpoint at end of recovery so that we
can achieve very fast failover when the apply delay is low. Write new WAL record
XLOG_END_OF_RECOVERY to allow us to switch timeline correctly for downstream log
readers. If we skip synchronous end of recovery checkpoint we request a normal
spread checkpoint so that the window of re-recovery is low.

Simon Riggs and Kyotaro Horiguchi, with input from Fujii Masao.
Review by Heikki Linnakangas
2013-01-29 00:06:15 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
0ac5ad5134 Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE".  These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE".  UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.

Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.

The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid.  Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates.  This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed.  pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.

Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header.  This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.

Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)

With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.

As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.

Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane.  There's probably room for several more tests.

There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it.  Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.

This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
	AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
	1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
	1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
	1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
	1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
	4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
	4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 12:04:59 -03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
990fe3c4ed Fix more issues with cascading replication and timeline switches.
When a standby server follows the master using WAL archive, and it chooses
a new timeline (recovery_target_timeline='latest'), it only fetches the
timeline history file for the chosen target timeline, not any other history
files that might be missing from pg_xlog. For example, if the current
timeline is 2, and we choose 4 as the new recovery target timeline, the
history file for timeline 3 is not fetched, even if it's part of this
server's history. That's enough for the standby itself - the history file
for timeline 4 includes timeline 3 as well - but if a cascading standby
server wants to recover to timeline 3, it needs the history file. To fix,
when a new recovery target timeline is chosen, try to copy any missing
history files from the archive to pg_xlog between the old and new target
timeline.

A second similar issue was with the WAL files. When a standby recovers from
archive, and it reaches a segment that contains a switch to a new timeline,
recovery fetches only the WAL file labelled with the new timeline's ID. The
file from the new timeline contains a copy of the WAL from the old timeline
up to the point where the switch happened, and recovery recovers it from the
new file. But in streaming replication, walsender only tries to read it
from the old timeline's file. To fix, change walsender to read it from the
new file, so that it behaves the same as recovery in that sense, and doesn't
try to open the possibly nonexistent file with the old timeline's ID.
2013-01-23 10:19:20 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera
8c17144c75 Fix off-by-one bug in xlog reading logic
Bug reported by Michael Paquier

Author: Andres Freund
2013-01-18 11:19:53 -03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
2ff6555313 Use the right timeline when beginning to stream from master.
The xlogreader refactoring broke the logic to decide which timeline to start
streaming from. XLogPageRead() uses the timeline history to check which
timeline the requested WAL position falls into. However, after the
refactoring, XLogPageRead() is always first called with the first page in
the segment, to verify the segment header, and only then with the actual WAL
position we're interested in. That first read of the segment's header made
XLogPageRead() to always start streaming from the old timeline containing
the segment header, not the timeline containing the actual record, if there
was a timeline switch within the segment.

I thought I fixed this yesterday, but that fix was too narrow and only fixed
this for the corner-case that the timeline switch happened in the first page
of the segment. To fix this more robustly, pass explicitly the position of
the record we're actually interested in to XLogPageRead, and use that to
decide which timeline to read from, rather than deduce it from the page and
offset.

Per report from Fujii Masao.
2013-01-18 11:46:49 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
88228e6f1d When xlogreader asks the callback function to read a page, make sure we
get a large enough part of the page to include the beginning of the next
record we're interested in. The XLogPageRead callback uses the requested
length to decide which timeline to stream WAL from, and if the first call
is short, and the page contains a timeline switch, we'll repeatedly try
to stream that page from the old timeline, and never get across the
timeline switch.
2013-01-17 23:46:33 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
0b6329130e Make pg_receivexlog and pg_basebackup -X stream work across timeline switches.
This mirrors the changes done earlier to the server in standby mode. When
receivelog reaches the end of a timeline, as reported by the server, it
fetches the timeline history file of the next timeline, and restarts
streaming from the new timeline by issuing a new START_STREAMING command.

When pg_receivexlog crosses a timeline, it leaves the .partial suffix on the
last segment on the old timeline. This helps you to tell apart a partial
segment left in the directory because of a timeline switch, and a completed
segment. If you just follow a single server, it won't make a difference, but
it can be significant in more complicated scenarios where new WAL is still
generated on the old timeline.

This includes two small changes to the streaming replication protocol:
First, when you reach the end of timeline while streaming, the server now
sends the TLI of the next timeline in the server's history to the client.
pg_receivexlog uses that as the next timeline, so that it doesn't need to
parse the timeline history file like a standby server does. Second, when
BASE_BACKUP command sends the begin and end WAL positions, it now also sends
the timeline IDs corresponding the positions.
2013-01-17 20:23:00 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
1296d5c53c Fix a couple of error-handling bugs in the xlogreader patch.
XLogReadRecord should reset its state on every error, to make sure it
re-reads the page on next call. It was inconsistent in that some errors did
that, but some did not.

In ReadRecord(), don't give up on an error if we're in standby mode. The
loop was set up to retry, but the checks within the loop broke out of the
loop on any error.

Andres Freund, with some tweaking by me.
2013-01-17 19:27:04 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera
7fcbf6a405 Split out XLog reading as an independent facility
This new facility can not only be used by xlog.c to carry out crash
recovery, but also by external programs.  By supplying a function to
read XLog pages from somewhere, all the WAL reading can be used for
completely different purposes.

For the standard backend use, the behavior should be pretty much the
same as previously.  As for non-backend programs, an hypothetical
pg_xlogdump program is now closer to reality, but some more backend
support is still necessary.

This patch was originally submitted by Andres Freund in a different
form, but Heikki Linnakangas opted for and authored another design of
the concept.  Andres has advanced the patch since Heikki's initial
version.  Review and some (mostly cosmetics) changes by me.
2013-01-16 16:12:53 -03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
b0daba57bb Tolerate timeline switches while "pg_basebackup -X fetch" is running.
If you take a base backup from a standby server with "pg_basebackup -X
fetch", and the timeline switches while the backup is being taken, the
backup used to fail with an error "requested WAL segment %s has already
been removed". This is because the server-side code that sends over the
required WAL files would not construct the WAL filename with the correct
timeline after a switch.

Fix that by using readdir() to scan pg_xlog for all the WAL segments in the
range, regardless of timeline.

Also, include all timeline history files in the backup, if taken with
"-X fetch". That fixes another related bug: If a timeline switch happened
just before the backup was initiated in a standby, the WAL segment
containing the initial checkpoint record contains WAL from the older
timeline too. Recovery will not accept that without a timeline history file
that lists the older timeline.

Backpatch to 9.2. Versions prior to that were not affected as you could not
take a base backup from a standby before 9.2.
2013-01-03 19:51:00 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
ee994272ca Delay reading timeline history file until it's fetched from master.
Streaming replication can fetch any missing timeline history files from the
master, but recovery would read the timeline history file for the target
timeline before reading the checkpoint record, and before walreceiver has
had a chance to fetch it from the master. Delay reading it, and the sanity
checks involving timeline history, until after reading the checkpoint
record.

There is at least one scenario where this makes a difference: if you take
a base backup from a standby server right after a timeline switch, the
WAL segment containing the initial checkpoint record will begin with an
older timeline ID. Without the timeline history file, recovering that file
will fail as the older timeline ID is not recognized to be an ancestor of
the target timeline. If you try to recover from such a backup, using only
streaming replication to fetch the WAL, this patch is required for that to
work.
2013-01-03 10:41:58 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
d194d7a526 Fix bug in streaming replication over multiple tli switches.
After receiving some WAL over streaming replication, try to open the file
from the timeline we're currently recieving, not recoveryTargetTLI. They
are usually the same, which is why wasn't noticed before, but you'd get
an error if there have been more than one timeline switch between the
current point in WAL and the recovery target.
2013-01-02 14:35:15 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
4ffd589f44 Fix silly typo in code, which broke the check for reaching consistency. 2013-01-02 13:44:59 +02:00
Bruce Momjian
bd61a623ac Update copyrights for 2013
Fully update git head, and update back branches in ./COPYRIGHT and
legal.sgml files.
2013-01-01 17:15:01 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
60df192aea Keep timeline history files restored from archive in pg_xlog.
The cascading standby patch in 9.2 changed the way WAL files are treated
when restored from the archive. Before, they were restored under a temporary
filename, and not kept in pg_xlog, but after the patch, they were copied
under pg_xlog. This is necessary for a cascading standby to find them, but
it also means that if the archive goes offline and a standby is restarted,
it can recover back to where it was using the files in pg_xlog. It also
means that if you take an offline backup from a standby server, it includes
all the required WAL files in pg_xlog.

However, the same change was not made to timeline history files, so if the
WAL segment containing the checkpoint record contains a timeline switch, you
will still get an error if you try to restart recovery without the archive,
or recover from an offline backup taken from the standby.

With this patch, timeline history files restored from archive are copied
into pg_xlog like WAL files are, so that pg_xlog contains all the files
required to recover. This is a corner-case pre-existing issue in 9.2, but
even more important in master where it's possible for a standby to follow a
timeline switch through streaming replication. To make that possible, the
timeline history files must be present in pg_xlog.
2012-12-30 14:29:45 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera
5ab3af46dd Remove obsolete XLogRecPtr macros
This gets rid of XLByteLT, XLByteLE, XLByteEQ and XLByteAdvance.
These were useful for brevity when XLogRecPtrs were split in
xlogid/xrecoff; but now that they are simple uint64's, they are just
clutter.  The only downside to making this change would be ease of
backporting patches, but that has been negated by other substantive
changes to the involved code anyway.  The clarity of simpler expressions
makes the change worthwhile.

Most of the changes are mechanical, but in a couple of places, the patch
author chose to invert the operator sense, making the code flow more
logical (and more in line with preceding comments).

Author: Andres Freund
Eyeballed by Dimitri Fontaine and Alvaro Herrera
2012-12-28 13:06:15 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
24eca7977e Assign InvalidXLogRecPtr instead of MemSet(0)
For consistency.

Author: Andres Freund
2012-12-27 18:33:03 -03:00
Peter Eisentraut
a0bfb7b36e Fix grammatical mistake in error message 2012-12-20 23:36:13 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
343ee00b73 Fix recycling of WAL segments after switching timeline during recovery.
This was broken before, we would recycle old WAL segments on wrong timeline
after the recovery target timeline had changed, but my recent commit to
not initialize ThisTimeLineID at all in a standby's checkpointer process
broke this completely.

The problem is that when installing a recycled WAL segment as a future one,
ThisTimeLineID is used to construct the filename. To fix, always update
ThisTimeLineID to the current timeline being recovered, before recycling
WAL segments at a restartpoint.

This still leaves a small window where we might install WAL segments under
wrong timeline ID, if the timeline is changed just as we're about to start
recycling. Also, even if we're replaying timeline X at the momnent, there's
no guarantee that we'll need as many WAL segments on that timeline as we
recycle. We might be just about to reach the point where we switch to next
timeline, so might only need one more WAL segment on the current timeline.
We'll live with the waste in that situation.

Bug pointed out by Fujii Masao. 9.1 and 9.2 had the same issue, when
recovery target timeline was changed, but I committed a slightly different
version of this patch on those branches.
2012-12-20 22:00:58 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
af275a12df Follow TLI of last replayed record, not recovery target TLI, in walsenders.
Most of the time, the last replayed record comes from the recovery target
timeline, but there is a corner case where it makes a difference. When
the startup process scans for a new timeline, and decides to change recovery
target timeline, there is a window where the recovery target TLI has already
been bumped, but there are no WAL segments from the new timeline in pg_xlog
yet. For example, if we have just replayed up to point 0/30002D8, on
timeline 1, there is a WAL file called 000000010000000000000003 in pg_xlog
that contains the WAL up to that point. When recovery switches recovery
target timeline to 2, a walsender can immediately try to read WAL from
0/30002D8, from timeline 2, so it will try to open WAL file
000000020000000000000003. However, that doesn't exist yet - the startup
process hasn't copied that file from the archive yet nor has the walreceiver
streamed it yet, so walsender fails with error "requested WAL segment
000000020000000000000003 has already been removed". That's harmless, in that
the standby will try to reconnect later and by that time the segment is
already created, but error messages that should be ignored are not good.

To fix that, have walsender track the TLI of the last replayed record,
instead of the recovery target timeline. That way walsender will not try to
read anything from timeline 2, until the WAL segment has been created and at
least one record has been replayed from it. The recovery target timeline is
now xlog.c's internal affair, it doesn't need to be exposed in shared memory
anymore.

This fixes the error reported by Thom Brown. depesz the same error message,
but I'm not sure if this fixes his scenario.
2012-12-20 14:39:04 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
1a11d4609e Don't set ThisTimeLineID in checkpointer & bgwriter during recovery.
We used to set it to the current recovery target timeline, but the recovery
target timeline can change during recovery, leaving ThisTimeLineID at an
old value. That seems worse than always leaving it at zero to begin with.

AFAICS there was no good reason to set it in the first place. ThisTimeLineID
is not needed in checkpointer or bgwriter process, until it's time to write
the end-of-recovery checkpoint, and at that point ThisTimeLineID is updated
anyway.
2012-12-20 14:39:04 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
e43f947bf3 Check if we've reached end-of-backup point also if no redo is required.
If you restored from a backup taken from a standby, and the last record in
the backup is the checkpoint record, ie. there is no redo required except
for the checkpoint record, we would fail to notice that we've reached the
end-of-backup point, and the database is consistent. The result was an
error "WAL ends before end of online backup". To fix, move the
have-we-reached-end-of-backup check into CheckRecoveryConsistency(), which
is already responsible for similar checks with minRecoveryPoint, and is
called in the right places.

Backpatch to 9.2, this check and bug did not exist before that.
2012-12-19 14:22:00 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
abfd192b1b Allow a streaming replication standby to follow a timeline switch.
Before this patch, streaming replication would refuse to start replicating
if the timeline in the primary doesn't exactly match the standby. The
situation where it doesn't match is when you have a master, and two
standbys, and you promote one of the standbys to become new master.
Promoting bumps up the timeline ID, and after that bump, the other standby
would refuse to continue.

There's significantly more timeline related logic in streaming replication
now. First of all, when a standby connects to primary, it will ask the
primary for any timeline history files that are missing from the standby.
The missing files are sent using a new replication command TIMELINE_HISTORY,
and stored in standby's pg_xlog directory. Using the timeline history files,
the standby can follow the latest timeline present in the primary
(recovery_target_timeline='latest'), just as it can follow new timelines
appearing in an archive directory.

START_REPLICATION now takes a TIMELINE parameter, to specify exactly which
timeline to stream WAL from. This allows the standby to request the primary
to send over WAL that precedes the promotion. The replication protocol is
changed slightly (in a backwards-compatible way although there's little hope
of streaming replication working across major versions anyway), to allow
replication to stop when the end of timeline reached, putting the walsender
back into accepting a replication command.

Many thanks to Amit Kapila for testing and reviewing various versions of
this patch.
2012-12-13 19:17:32 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
527668717a Make xlog_internal.h includable in frontend context.
This makes unnecessary the ugly hack used to #include postgres.h in
pg_basebackup.

Based on Alvaro Herrera's patch
2012-12-13 14:59:13 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
970fb12de1 Consistency check should compare last record replayed, not last record read.
EndRecPtr is the last record that we've read, but not necessarily yet
replayed. CheckRecoveryConsistency should compare minRecoveryPoint with the
last replayed record instead. This caused recovery to think it's reached
consistency too early.

Now that we do the check in CheckRecoveryConsistency correctly, we have to
move the call of that function to after redoing a record. The current place,
after reading a record but before replaying it, is wrong. In particular, if
there are no more records after the one ending at minRecoveryPoint, we don't
enter hot standby until one extra record is generated and read by the
standby, and CheckRecoveryConsistency is called. These two bugs conspired
to make the code appear to work correctly, except for the small window
between reading the last record that reaches minRecoveryPoint, and
replaying it.

In the passing, rename recoveryLastRecPtr, which is the last record
replayed, to lastReplayedEndRecPtr. This makes it slightly less confusing
with replayEndRecPtr, which is the last record read that we're about to
replay.

Original report from Kyotaro HORIGUCHI, further diagnosis by Fujii Masao.
Backpatch to 9.0, where Hot Standby subtly changed the test from
"minRecoveryPoint < EndRecPtr" to "minRecoveryPoint <= EndRecPtr". The
former works because where the test is performed, we have always read one
more record than we've replayed.
2012-12-11 18:54:02 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
7bffc9b7bf Update minimum recovery point on truncation.
If a file is truncated, we must update minRecoveryPoint. Once a file is
truncated, there's no going back; it would not be safe to stop recovery
at a point earlier than that anymore.

Per report from Kyotaro HORIGUCHI. Backpatch to 8.4. Before that,
minRecoveryPoint was not updated during recovery at all.
2012-12-10 16:57:16 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
6be799664a Fix the tracking of min recovery point timeline.
Forgot to update it at the right place. Also, consider checkpoint record
that switches to new timelne to be on the new timeline.

This fixes erroneous "requested timeline 2 does not contain minimum recovery
point" errors, pointed out by Amit Kapila while testing another patch.
2012-12-10 16:04:26 +02:00
Tom Lane
af4aba2f05 Ensure recovery pause feature doesn't pause unless users can connect.
If we're not in hot standby mode, then there's no way for users to connect
to reset the recoveryPause flag, so we shouldn't pause.  The code was aware
of this but the test to see if pausing was safe was seriously inadequate:
it wasn't paying attention to reachedConsistency, and besides what it was
testing was that we could legally enter hot standby, not that we have
done so.  Get rid of that in favor of checking LocalHotStandbyActive,
which because of the coding in CheckRecoveryConsistency is tantamount to
checking that we have told the postmaster to enter hot standby.

Also, move the recoveryPausesHere() call that reacts to asynchronous
recoveryPause requests so that it's not in the middle of application of a
WAL record.  I put it next to the recoveryStopsHere() call --- in future
those are going to need to interact significantly, so this seems like a
good waystation.

Also, don't bother trying to read another WAL record if we've already
decided not to continue recovery.  This was no big deal when the code was
written originally, but now that reading a record might entail actions like
fetching an archive file, it seems a bit silly to do it like that.

Per report from Jeff Janes and subsequent discussion.  The pause feature
needs quite a lot more work, but this gets rid of some indisputable bugs,
and seems safe enough to back-patch.
2012-12-05 18:27:50 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
d67b06fe3e Oops, meant to change the comment in writeTimeLineHistory. 2012-12-05 21:00:59 +02:00
Simon Riggs
6aa2e49a87 Must not reach consistency before XLOG_BACKUP_RECORD
When waiting for an XLOG_BACKUP_RECORD the minRecoveryPoint
will be incorrect, so we must not declare recovery as consistent
before we have seen the record. Major bug allowing recovery to end
too early in some cases, allowing people to see inconsistent db.
This patch to HEAD and 9.2, other fix required for 9.1 and 9.0

Simon Riggs and Andres Freund, bug report by Jeff Janes
2012-12-05 13:28:03 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
90991c40eb Downgrade a status message from LOG to DEBUG2.
I never intended this to be anything other than a debugging aid, but forgot
to change the level before committing.
2012-12-04 17:29:44 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
32f4de0adf Write exact xlog position of timeline switch in the timeline history file.
This allows us to do some more rigorous sanity checking for various
incorrect point-in-time recovery scenarios, and provides more information
for debugging purposes. It will also come handy in the upcoming patch to
allow timeline switches to be replicated by streaming replication.
2012-12-04 17:29:07 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
5ce108bf32 Track the timeline associated with minRecoveryPoint, for more sanity checks.
This allows recovery to notice certain incorrect recovery scenarios.
If a server has recovered to point X on timeline 5, and you restart
recovery, it better be on timeline 5 when it reaches point X again, not on
some timeline with a higher ID. This can happen e.g if you a standby server
is shut down, a new timeline appears in the WAL archive, and the standby
server is restarted. It will try to follow the new timeline, which is wrong
because some WAL on the old timeline was already replayed before shutdown.

Requires an initdb (or at least pg_resetxlog), because this adds a field to
the control file.
2012-12-04 11:31:00 +02:00
Andrew Dunstan
d5652e50d5 Attempt to unbreak MSVC builds broken by f21bb9cfb5.
We can't use type uint, so use uint32.
2012-12-03 10:23:22 -05:00
Simon Riggs
f21bb9cfb5 Refactor inCommit flag into generic delayChkpt flag.
Rename PGXACT->inCommit flag into delayChkpt flag,
and generalise comments to allow use in other situations,
such as the forthcoming potential use in checksum patch.
Replace wait loop to look for VXIDs with delayChkpt set.
No user visible changes, not behaviour changes at present.

Simon Riggs, reviewed and rebased by Jeff Davis
2012-12-03 13:13:53 +00:00
Simon Riggs
7a764990d8 Clarify locking for PageGetLSN() in XLogCheckBuffer() 2012-12-03 12:20:31 +00:00
Simon Riggs
1c563a2ae1 Clarify when to use PageSetLSN/PageGetLSN().
Update README to explain prerequisites for
correct access to LSN fields of a page.
Independent chunk removed from checksums
patch to reduce size of patch.
2012-12-03 11:59:25 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
a068c391ab Refactor the code implementing standby-mode logic.
It is now easier to see that it's a state machine, making the code easier
to understand overall.
2012-12-03 12:32:44 +02:00
Tom Lane
3114cb60a1 Don't advance checkPoint.nextXid near the end of a checkpoint sequence.
This reverts commit c11130690d in favor of
actually fixing the problem: namely, that we should never have been
modifying the checkpoint record's nextXid at this point to begin with.
The nextXid should match the state as of the checkpoint's logical WAL
position (ie the redo point), not the state as of its physical position.
It's especially bogus to advance it in some wal_levels and not others.
In any case there is no need for the checkpoint record to carry the
same nextXid shown in the XLOG_RUNNING_XACTS record just emitted by
LogStandbySnapshot, as any replay operation will already have adopted
that value as current.

This fixes bug #7710 from Tarvi Pillessaar, and probably also explains bug
#6291 from Daniel Farina, in that if a checkpoint were in progress at the
instant of XID wraparound, the epoch bump would be lost as reported.
(And, of course, these days there's at least a 50-50 chance of a checkpoint
being in progress at any given instant.)

Diagnosed by me and independently by Andres Freund.  Back-patch to all
branches supporting hot standby.
2012-12-02 15:20:41 -05:00
Simon Riggs
5c11725867 Rearrange storage of data in xl_running_xacts.
Previously we stored all xids mixed together.
Now we store top-level xids first, followed
by all subxids. Also skip logging any subxids
if the snapshot is suboverflowed, since there
are potentially large numbers of them and they
are not useful in that case anyway. Has value
in the envisaged design for decoding of WAL.
No planned effect on Hot Standby.

Andres Freund, reviewed by me
2012-12-02 19:39:37 +00:00
Simon Riggs
c11130690d XidEpoch++ if wraparound during checkpoint.
If wal_level = hot_standby we update the checkpoint nextxid,
though in the case where a wraparound occurred half-way through
a checkpoint we would neglect updating the epoch also. Updating
the nextxid is arguably the wrong thing to do, but changing that
may introduce subtle bugs into hot standby startup, while updating
the value doesn't cause any known bugs yet. Minimal fix now to
HEAD and backbranches, wider fix later in HEAD.

Bug reported in #6291 by Daniel Farina and slightly differently in

Cause analysis and recommended fixes from Tom Lane and Andres Freund.

Applied patch is minimal version of Andres Freund's work.
2012-12-02 14:57:44 +00:00
Simon Riggs
9f98704b82 Clarify operation of online checkpoints.
Previous comments left, but were too obscure
for such an important aspect of the system.
2012-12-02 13:09:55 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
1577b46b7c Split out rmgr rm_desc functions into their own files
This is necessary (but not sufficient) to have them compilable outside
of a backend environment.
2012-11-28 13:01:15 -03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
dd7353dde8 If we don't have a backup-end-location, don't claim we've reached it.
This was apparently a typo, which caused recovery to think that it
immediately reached the end of backup, and allowed the database to start
up too early.

Reported by Jeff Janes. Backpatch to 9.2, where this code was introduced.
2012-11-28 15:14:27 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
1f67078ea3 Add OpenTransientFile, with automatic cleanup at end-of-xact.
Files opened with BasicOpenFile or PathNameOpenFile are not automatically
cleaned up on error. That puts unnecessary burden on callers that only want
to keep the file open for a short time. There is AllocateFile, but that
returns a buffered FILE * stream, which in many cases is not the nicest API
to work with. So add function called OpenTransientFile, which returns a
unbuffered fd that's cleaned up like the FILE* returned by AllocateFile().

This plugs a few rare fd leaks in error cases:

1. copy_file() - fixed by by using OpenTransientFile instead of BasicOpenFile
2. XLogFileInit() - fixed by adding close() calls to the error cases. Can't
   use OpenTransientFile here because the fd is supposed to persist over
   transaction boundaries.
3. lo_import/lo_export - fixed by using OpenTransientFile instead of
   PathNameOpenFile.

In addition to plugging those leaks, this replaces many BasicOpenFile() calls
with OpenTransientFile() that were not leaking, because the code meticulously
closed the file on error. That wasn't strictly necessary, but IMHO it's good
for robustness.

The same leaks exist in older versions, but given the rarity of the issues,
I'm not backpatching this. Not yet, anyway - it might be good to backpatch
later, after this mechanism has had some more testing in master branch.
2012-11-27 10:25:50 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
24c19e6bf9 Avoid bogus "out-of-sequence timeline ID" errors in standby-mode.
When startup process opens a WAL segment after replaying part of it, it
validates the first page on the WAL segment, even though the page it's
really interested in later in the file. As part of the validation, it checks
that the TLI on the page header is >= the TLI it saw on the last page it
read. If the segment contains a timeline switch, and we have already
replayed it, and then re-open the WAL segment (because of streaming
replication got disconnected and reconnected, for example), the TLI check
will fail when the first page is validated. Fix that by relaxing the TLI
check when re-opening a WAL segment.

Backpatch to 9.0. Earlier versions had the same code, but before standby
mode was introduced in 9.0, recovery never tried to re-read a segment after
partially replaying it.

Reported by Amit Kapila, while testing a new feature.
2012-11-22 11:44:44 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
644a0a6379 Fix archive_cleanup_command.
When I moved ExecuteRecoveryCommand() from xlog.c to xlogarchive.c, I didn't
realize that it's called from the checkpoint process, not the startup
process. I tried to use InRedo variable to decide whether or not to attempt
cleaning up the archive (must not do so before we have read the initial
checkpoint record), but that variable is only valid within the startup
process.

Instead, let ExecuteRecoveryCommand() always clean up the archive, and add
an explicit argument to RestoreArchivedFile() to say whether that's allowed
or not. The caller knows better.

Reported by Erik Rijkers, diagnosis by Fujii Masao. Only 9.3devel is
affected.
2012-11-19 10:14:20 +02:00
Simon Riggs
d9fad1076d Skip searching for subxact locks at commit.
At commit all standby locks are released
for the top-level transaction, so searching
for locks for each subtransaction is both
pointless and costly (N^2) in the presence
of many AccessExclusiveLocks.
2012-11-13 16:00:19 -03:00
Tom Lane
3bbf668de9 Fix multiple problems in WAL replay.
Most of the replay functions for WAL record types that modify more than
one page failed to ensure that those pages were locked correctly to ensure
that concurrent queries could not see inconsistent page states.  This is
a hangover from coding decisions made long before Hot Standby was added,
when it was hardly necessary to acquire buffer locks during WAL replay
at all, let alone hold them for carefully-chosen periods.

The key problem was that RestoreBkpBlocks was written to hold lock on each
page restored from a full-page image for only as long as it took to update
that page.  This was guaranteed to break any WAL replay function in which
there was any update-ordering constraint between pages, because even if the
nominal order of the pages is the right one, any mixture of full-page and
non-full-page updates in the same record would result in out-of-order
updates.  Moreover, it wouldn't work for situations where there's a
requirement to maintain lock on one page while updating another.  Failure
to honor an update ordering constraint in this way is thought to be the
cause of bug #7648 from Daniel Farina: what seems to have happened there
is that a btree page being split was rewritten from a full-page image
before the new right sibling page was written, and because lock on the
original page was not maintained it was possible for hot standby queries to
try to traverse the page's right-link to the not-yet-existing sibling page.

To fix, get rid of RestoreBkpBlocks as such, and instead create a new
function RestoreBackupBlock that restores just one full-page image at a
time.  This function can be invoked by WAL replay functions at the points
where they would otherwise perform non-full-page updates; in this way, the
physical order of page updates remains the same no matter which pages are
replaced by full-page images.  We can then further adjust the logic in
individual replay functions if it is necessary to hold buffer locks
for overlapping periods.  A side benefit is that we can simplify the
handling of concurrency conflict resolution by moving that code into the
record-type-specfic functions; there's no more need to contort the code
layout to keep conflict resolution in front of the RestoreBkpBlocks call.

In connection with that, standardize on zero-based numbering rather than
one-based numbering for referencing the full-page images.  In HEAD, I
removed the macros XLR_BKP_BLOCK_1 through XLR_BKP_BLOCK_4.  They are
still there in the header files in previous branches, but are no longer
used by the code.

In addition, fix some other bugs identified in the course of making these
changes:

spgRedoAddNode could fail to update the parent downlink at all, if the
parent tuple is in the same page as either the old or new split tuple and
we're not doing a full-page image: it would get fooled by the LSN having
been advanced already.  This would result in permanent index corruption,
not just transient failure of concurrent queries.

Also, ginHeapTupleFastInsert's "merge lists" case failed to mark the old
tail page as a candidate for a full-page image; in the worst case this
could result in torn-page corruption.

heap_xlog_freeze() was inconsistent about using a cleanup lock or plain
exclusive lock: it did the former in the normal path but the latter for a
full-page image.  A plain exclusive lock seems sufficient, so change to
that.

Also, remove gistRedoPageDeleteRecord(), which has been dead code since
VACUUM FULL was rewritten.

Back-patch to 9.0, where hot standby was introduced.  Note however that 9.0
had a significantly different WAL-logging scheme for GIST index updates,
and it doesn't appear possible to make that scheme safe for concurrent hot
standby queries, because it can leave inconsistent states in the index even
between WAL records.  Given the lack of complaints from the field, we won't
work too hard on fixing that branch.
2012-11-12 22:05:53 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
dbdf9679d7 Use correct text domain for translating errcontext() messages.
errcontext() is typically used in an error context callback function, not
within an ereport() invocation like e.g errmsg and errdetail are. That means
that the message domain that the TEXTDOMAIN magic in ereport() determines
is not the right one for the errcontext() calls. The message domain needs to
be determined by the C file containing the errcontext() call, not the file
containing the ereport() call.

Fix by turning errcontext() into a macro that passes the TEXTDOMAIN to use
for the errcontext message. "errcontext" was used in a few places as a
variable or struct field name, I had to rename those out of the way, now
that errcontext is a macro.

We've had this problem all along, but this isn't doesn't seem worth
backporting. It's a fairly minor issue, and turning errcontext from a
function to a macro requires at least a recompile of any external code that
calls errcontext().
2012-11-12 17:07:29 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera
fa12cb7f02 Remove leftover LWLockRelease() call
This code was refactored in d5497b95 but an extra LWLockRelease call was
left behind.

Per report from Erik Rijkers
2012-11-09 10:19:34 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
2f1692d213 Fix erroneous choice of timeline variable, too 2012-10-31 17:05:55 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
9b8dd7e8aa Fix erroneous choices of segNo variables
Commit dfda6eba (which changed segment numbers to use a single 64 bit
variable instead of log/seg) introduced a couple of bogus choices of
exactly which log segment number variable to use in each case.

This is currently pretty harmless; in one place, the bogus number was
only being used in an error message for a pretty unlikely condition
(failure to fsync a WAL segment file).  In the other, it was using a
global variable instead of the local variable; but all callsites were
passing the value of the global variable anyway.

No need to backpatch because that commit is not on earlier branches.
2012-10-31 11:05:28 -03:00
Tom Lane
ff3f9c8de5 Close un-owned SMgrRelations at transaction end.
If an SMgrRelation is not "owned" by a relcache entry, don't allow it to
live past transaction end.  This design allows the same SMgrRelation to be
used for blind writes of multiple blocks during a transaction, but ensures
that we don't hold onto such an SMgrRelation indefinitely.  Because an
SMgrRelation typically corresponds to open file descriptors at the fd.c
level, leaving it open when there's no corresponding relcache entry can
mean that we prevent the kernel from reclaiming deleted disk space.
(While CacheInvalidateSmgr messages usually fix that, there are cases
where they're not issued, such as DROP DATABASE.  We might want to add
some more sinval messaging for that, but I'd be inclined to keep this
type of logic anyway, since allowing VFDs to accumulate indefinitely
for blind-written relations doesn't seem like a good idea.)

This code replaces a previous attempt towards the same goal that proved
to be unreliable.  Back-patch to 9.1 where the previous patch was added.
2012-10-17 12:38:21 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
2d8c81ac86 Fix silly bug in previous refactoring.
I extracted the refactoring patch from a larger patch that contained other
changes too, but missed one unintentional change and didn't test enough...
2012-10-09 19:33:12 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
ff8f160bf4 Put the logic to wait for WAL in standby mode to a separate function.
This is just refactoring with no user-visible effect, to make the code more
readable.
2012-10-09 19:20:17 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
1a956481ba Fix typo in comment, and reword it slightly while we're at it. 2012-10-04 10:35:48 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
bc1229c832 Fix two bugs introduced in the xlog.c split.
The comment explaining the naming of timeline history files was wrong, and
the history file was not being arhived.

Pointed out by Fujii Masao.
2012-10-03 09:15:38 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
93b6d78cf0 Add #includes needed on some platforms in the new files.
Hopefully this makes the *BSD buildfarm animals happy.
2012-10-02 17:19:52 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
d5497b95f3 Split off functions related to timeline history files and XLOG archiving.
This is just refactoring, to make the functions accessible outside xlog.c.
A followup patch will make use of that, to allow fetching timeline history
files over streaming replication.
2012-10-02 13:37:19 +03:00
Robert Haas
beb850e1d8 Properly set relpersistence for fake relcache entries.
This can result in buffers failing to be properly flushed at
checkpoint time, leading to data loss.

Report, diagnosis, and patch by Jeff Davis.
2012-09-14 09:35:07 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
ab9a14e903 Fix WAL file replacement during cascading replication on Windows.
When the startup process restores a WAL file from the archive, it deletes
any old file with the same name and renames the new file in its place. On
Windows, however, when a file is deleted, it still lingers as long as a
process holds a file handle open on it. With cascading replication, a
walsender process can hold the old file open, so the rename() in the startup
process would fail. To fix that, rename the old file to a temporary name, to
make the original file name available for reuse, before deleting the old
file.
2012-09-05 18:52:12 -07:00
Tom Lane
2e0cc1f031 Fix inappropriate error messages for Hot Standby misconfiguration errors.
Give the correct name of the GUC parameter being complained of.
Also, emit a more suitable SQLSTATE (INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE,
not the default INTERNAL_ERROR).

Gurjeet Singh, errcode adjustment by me
2012-09-05 21:49:08 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
358ff99d70 Fix compiler warnings about unused variables, caused by my previous commit.
Reported by Peter Eisentraut.
2012-09-04 22:07:35 -07:00
Heikki Linnakangas
c4c227477b Fix bugs in cascading replication with recovery_target_timeline='latest'
The cascading replication code assumed that the current RecoveryTargetTLI
never changes, but that's not true with recovery_target_timeline='latest'.
The obvious upshot of that is that RecoveryTargetTLI in shared memory needs
to be protected by a lock. A less obvious consequence is that when a
cascading standby is connected, and the standby switches to a new target
timeline after scanning the archive, it will continue to stream WAL to the
cascading standby, but from a wrong file, ie. the file of the previous
timeline. For example, if the standby is currently streaming from the middle
of file 000000010000000000000005, and the timeline changes, the standby
will continue to stream from that file. However, the WAL on the new
timeline is in file 000000020000000000000005, so the standby sends garbage
from 000000010000000000000005 to the cascading standby, instead of the
correct WAL from file 000000020000000000000005.

This also fixes a related bug where a partial WAL segment is restored from
the archive and streamed to a cascading standby. The code assumed that when
a WAL segment is copied from the archive, it can immediately be fully
streamed to a cascading standby. However, if the segment is only partially
filled, ie. has the right size, but only N first bytes contain valid WAL,
that's not safe. That can happen if a partial WAL segment is manually copied
to the archive, or if a partial WAL segment is archived because a server is
started up on a new timeline within that segment. The cascading standby will
get confused if the WAL it received is not valid, and will get stuck until
it's restarted. This patch fixes that problem by not allowing WAL restored
from the archive to be streamed to a cascading standby until it's been
replayed, and thus validated.
2012-09-04 19:33:21 -07:00
Tom Lane
2a2352e07d Replace memcpy() calls in xlog.c critical sections with struct assignments.
This gets rid of a dangerous-looking use of the not-volatile XLogCtl
pointer in a couple of spinlock-protected sections, where the normal
coding rule is that you should only access shared memory through a
pointer-to-volatile.  I think the risk is only hypothetical not actual,
since for there to be a bug the compiler would have to move the spinlock
acquire or release across the memcpy() call, which one sincerely hopes
it will not.  Still, it looks cleaner this way.

Per comment from Daniel Farina and subsequent discussion.
2012-09-03 15:39:15 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
c219d9b0a5 Split tuple struct defs from htup.h to htup_details.h
This reduces unnecessary exposure of other headers through htup.h, which
is very widely included by many files.

I have chosen to move the function prototypes to the new file as well,
because that means htup.h no longer needs to include tupdesc.h.  In
itself this doesn't have much effect in indirect inclusion of tupdesc.h
throughout the tree, because it's also required by execnodes.h; but it's
something to explore in the future, and it seemed best to do the htup.h
change now while I'm busy with it.
2012-08-30 16:52:35 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
21c09e99dc Split heapam_xlog.h from heapam.h
The heapam XLog functions are used by other modules, not all of which
are interested in the rest of the heapam API.  With this, we let them
get just the XLog stuff in which they are interested and not pollute
them with unrelated includes.

Also, since heapam.h no longer requires xlog.h, many files that do
include heapam.h no longer get xlog.h automatically, including a few
headers.  This is useful because heapam.h is getting pulled in by
execnodes.h, which is in turn included by a lot of files.
2012-08-28 19:02:00 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
45326c5a11 Split resowner.h
This lets files that are mere users of ResourceOwner not automatically
include the headers for stuff that is managed by the resowner mechanism.
2012-08-28 18:02:07 -04:00
Tom Lane
10685ec082 Avoid somewhat-theoretical overflow risks in RecordIsValid().
This improves on commit 51fed14d73 by
eliminating the assumption that we can form <some pointer value> +
<some offset> without overflow.  The entire point of those tests is that
we don't trust the offset value, so coding them in a way that could wrap
around if the buffer happens to be near the top of memory doesn't seem
sound.  Instead, track the remaining space as a size_t variable and
compare offsets against that.

Also, improve comment about why we need the extra early check on
xl_tot_len.
2012-08-21 18:41:52 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
51fed14d73 Don't get confused if a WAL partial record header has xl_tot_len == 0.
If a WAL record header was split across pages, but xl_tot_len was 0, we
would get confused and conclude that we had already read the whole record,
and proceed to CRC check it. That can lead to a crash in RecordIsValid(),
which isn't careful to not read beyond end-of-record, as defined by
xl_tot_len.

Add an explicit sanity check for xl_tot_len <= SizeOfXlogRecord. Also,
make RecordIsValid() more robust by checking in each step that it doesn't
try to access memory beyond end of record, even if a length field in the
record's or a backup block's header is bogus.

Per report and analysis by Tom Lane.
2012-08-20 19:58:21 +03:00
Bruce Momjian
41fa3dfb0a Update C comment to NOTICE to reflect previous commit changing the error
level, per report from Tom.
2012-08-15 19:09:37 -04:00
Simon Riggs
8143a56854 Fix minor bug in XLogFileRead() that accidentally worked.
Cascading replication copied the incoming file into pg_xlog but
didn't set path correctly, so the first attempt to open file failed
causing it to loop around and look for file in pg_xlog. So the
earlier coding worked, but accidentally rather than by design.

Spotted by Fujii Masao, fix by Fujii Masao and Simon Riggs
2012-08-08 21:25:23 +01:00
Tom Lane
db108349bf Fix TwoPhaseGetDummyBackendId().
This was broken in commit ed0b409d22,
which revised the GlobalTransactionData struct to not include the
associated PGPROC as its first member, but overlooked one place where
a cast was used in reliance on that equivalence.

The most effective way of fixing this seems to be to create a new function
that looks up the GlobalTransactionData struct given the XID, and make
both TwoPhaseGetDummyBackendId and TwoPhaseGetDummyProc rely on that.

Per report from Robert Ross.
2012-08-08 11:52:02 -04:00
Simon Riggs
0f04fc67f7 fsync backup_label after pg_start_backup()
Dave Kerr
2012-08-07 16:19:13 +01:00
Tom Lane
4a9c30a8a1 Fix management of pendingOpsTable in auxiliary processes.
mdinit() was misusing IsBootstrapProcessingMode() to decide whether to
create an fsync pending-operations table in the current process.  This led
to creating a table not only in the startup and checkpointer processes as
intended, but also in the bgwriter process, not to mention other auxiliary
processes such as walwriter and walreceiver.  Creation of the table in the
bgwriter is fatal, because it absorbs fsync requests that should have gone
to the checkpointer; instead they just sit in bgwriter local memory and are
never acted on.  So writes performed by the bgwriter were not being fsync'd
which could result in data loss after an OS crash.  I think there is no
live bug with respect to walwriter and walreceiver because those never
perform any writes of shared buffers; but the potential is there for
future breakage in those processes too.

To fix, make AuxiliaryProcessMain() export the current process's
AuxProcType as a global variable, and then make mdinit() test directly for
the types of aux process that should have a pendingOpsTable.  Having done
that, we might as well also get rid of the random bool flags such as
am_walreceiver that some of the aux processes had grown.  (Note that we
could not have fixed the bug by examining those variables in mdinit(),
because it's called from BaseInit() which is run by AuxiliaryProcessMain()
before entering any of the process-type-specific code.)

Back-patch to 9.2, where the problem was introduced by the split-up of
bgwriter and checkpointer processes.  The bogus pendingOpsTable exists
in walwriter and walreceiver processes in earlier branches, but absent
any evidence that it causes actual problems there, I'll leave the older
branches alone.
2012-07-18 15:28:10 -04:00
Robert Haas
3cf39e6ddb Fix a stupid bug I introduced into XLogFlush().
Commit f11e8be3e8 broke this; it was right
in Peter's original patch, but I messed it up before committing.
2012-07-02 15:33:59 -04:00
Robert Haas
3bb592bb20 Fix position of WalSndWakeupRequest call.
This avoids discriminating against wal_sync_method = open_sync or
open_datasync.

Fujii Masao, reviewed by Andres Freund
2012-07-02 14:44:10 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
2b44306315 Assorted message style improvements 2012-07-02 21:12:46 +03:00
Robert Haas
82cdd2df75 Work a little harder on comments for walsender wakeup patch.
Per gripe from Tom Lane.
2012-07-02 11:28:53 -04:00
Robert Haas
f11e8be3e8 Make commit_delay much smarter.
Instead of letting every backend participating in a group commit wait
independently, have the first one that becomes ready to flush WAL wait
for the configured delay, and let all the others wait just long enough
for that first process to complete its flush.  This greatly increases
the chances of being able to configure a commit_delay setting that
actually improves performance.

As a side consequence of this change, commit_delay now affects all WAL
flushes, rather than just commits.  There was some discussion on
pgsql-hackers about whether to rename the GUC to, say, wal_flush_delay,
but in the absence of consensus I am leaving it alone for now.

Peter Geoghegan, with some changes, mostly to the documentation, by me.
2012-07-02 10:26:31 -04:00
Robert Haas
f83b59997d Make walsender more responsive.
Per testing by Andres Freund, this improves replication performance
and reduces replication latency and latency jitter.  I was a bit
concerned about moving more work into XLogInsert, but testing seems
to show that it's not a problem in practice.

Along the way, improve comments for WaitLatchOrSocket.

Andres Freund.  Review and stylistic cleanup by me.
2012-07-02 09:41:01 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
567787f216 Validate xlog record header before enlarging the work area to store it.
If the record header is garbled, we're now quite likely to notice it before
we try to make a bogus memory allocation and run out of memory. That can
still happen, if the xlog record is split across pages (we cannot verify
the record header until reading the next page in that scenario), but this
reduces the chances. An out-of-memory is treated as a corrupt record
anyway, so this isn't a correctness issue, just a case of giving a better
error message.

Per Amit Kapila's suggestion.
2012-06-30 23:14:35 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
7a5c9ca93a Initialize shared memory copy of ckptXidEpoch correctly when not in recovery.
This bug was introduced by commit 20d98ab6e4,
so backpatch this to 9.0-9.2 like that one.

This fixes bug #6710, reported by Tarvi Pillessaar
2012-06-29 19:32:15 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
8f85667a86 Update outdated commit; xlp_rem_len field is in page header now.
Spotted by Amit Kapila
2012-06-28 20:35:18 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
a8f97b39c7 Fix two more neglected comments, still referring to log/seg.
Fujii Masao
2012-06-27 19:11:26 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
ec786c6c81 I neglected many comments in the log+seg -> 64-bit segno patch. Fix.
Reported by Amit Kapila.
2012-06-27 17:53:53 +03:00
Alvaro Herrera
77ed0c6950 Tighten up includes in sinvaladt.h, twophase.h, proc.h
Remove proc.h from sinvaladt.h and twophase.h; also replace xlog.h in
proc.h with xlogdefs.h.
2012-06-25 18:40:40 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
a218e23a08 Oops. Remove stray paren.
I didn't notice this on my laptop as I don't HAVE_FSYNC_WRITETHROUGH.
2012-06-24 20:03:57 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
0ab9d1c4b3 Replace XLogRecPtr struct with a 64-bit integer.
This simplifies code that needs to do arithmetic on XLogRecPtrs.

To avoid changing on-disk format of data pages, the LSN on data pages is
still stored in the old format. That should keep pg_upgrade happy. However,
we have XLogRecPtrs embedded in the control file, and in the structs that
are sent over the replication protocol, so this changes breaks compatibility
of pg_basebackup and server. I didn't do anything about this in this patch,
per discussion on -hackers, the right thing to do would to be to change the
replication protocol to be architecture-independent, so that you could use
a newer version of pg_receivexlog, for example, against an older server
version.
2012-06-24 19:19:45 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
061e7efb1b Allow WAL record header to be split across pages.
This saves a few bytes of WAL space, but the real motivation is to make it
predictable how much WAL space a record requires, as it no longer depends
on whether we need to waste the last few bytes at end of WAL page because
the header doesn't fit.

The total length field of WAL record, xl_tot_len, is moved to the beginning
of the WAL record header, so that it is still always found on the first page
where a WAL record begins.

Bump WAL version number again as this is an incompatible change.
2012-06-24 18:35:56 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
20ba5ca64c Move WAL continuation record information to WAL page header.
The continuation record only contained one field, xl_rem_len, so it makes
things simpler to just include it in the WAL page header. This wastes four
bytes on pages that don't begin with a continuation from previos page, plus
four bytes on every page, because of padding.

The motivation of this is to make it easier to calculate how much space a
WAL record needs. Before this patch, it depended on how many page boundaries
the record crosses. The motivation of that, in turn, is to separate the
allocation of space in the WAL from the copying of the record data to the
allocated space. Keeping the calculation of space required simple helps to
keep the critical section of allocating the space from WAL short. But that's
not included in this patch yet.

Bump WAL version number again, as this is an incompatible change.
2012-06-24 18:35:30 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
dfda6ebaec Don't waste the last segment of each 4GB logical log file.
The comments claimed that wasting the last segment made it easier to do
calculations with XLogRecPtrs, because you don't have problems representing
last-byte-position-plus-1 that way. In my experience, however, it only made
things more complicated, because the there was two ways to represent the
boundary at the beginning of a logical log file: logid = n+1 and xrecoff = 0,
or as xlogid = n and xrecoff = 4GB - XLOG_SEG_SIZE. Some functions were
picky about which representation was used.

Also, use a 64-bit segment number instead of the log/seg combination, to
point to a certain WAL segment. We assume that all platforms have a working
64-bit integer type nowadays.

This is an incompatible change in WAL format, so bumping WAL version number.
2012-06-24 18:35:29 +03:00
Robert Haas
8507c2f856 Improve readability and error messages in pg_backup_start_time.
Gurjeet Singh, with corrections by me.
2012-06-14 15:20:08 -04:00
Robert Haas
68de499bda New SQL functons pg_backup_in_progress() and pg_backup_start_time()
Darold Gilles, reviewed by Gabriele Bartolini and others, rebased by
Marco Nenciarini.  Stylistic cleanup and OID fixes by me.
2012-06-14 13:25:43 -04:00
Robert Haas
cd80073445 During transaction cleanup, release locks before deleting files.
There's no need to hold onto the locks until the files are needed,
and by doing it this way, we reduce the impact on other backends who
may be awaiting locks we hold.

Noah Misch
2012-06-14 10:19:33 -04:00
Tom Lane
b8b69d8990 Revert "Reduce checkpoints and WAL traffic on low activity database server"
This reverts commit 18fb9d8d21.  Per
discussion, it does not seem like a good idea to allow committed changes to
go un-checkpointed indefinitely, as could happen in a low-traffic server;
that makes us entirely reliant on the WAL stream with no redundancy that
might aid data recovery in case of disk failure.

This re-introduces the original problem of hot-standby setups generating a
small continuing stream of WAL traffic even when idle, but there are other
ways to address that without compromising crash recovery, so we'll revisit
that issue in a future release cycle.
2012-06-13 18:48:44 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
927d61eeff Run pgindent on 9.2 source tree in preparation for first 9.3
commit-fest.
2012-06-10 15:20:04 -04:00
Tom Lane
ece01aae47 Scan the buffer pool just once, not once per fork, during relation drop.
This provides a speedup of about 4X when NBuffers is large enough.
There is also a useful reduction in sinval traffic, since we
only do CacheInvalidateSmgr() once not once per fork.

Simon Riggs, reviewed and somewhat revised by Tom Lane
2012-06-07 17:43:11 -04:00
Simon Riggs
2c8a4e9be2 Wake WALSender to reduce data loss at failover for async commit.
WALSender now woken up after each background flush by WALwriter, avoiding
multi-second replication delay for an all-async commit workload.
Replication delay reduced from 7s with default settings to 200ms and often
much less, allowing significantly reduced data loss at failover.

Andres Freund and Simon Riggs
2012-06-07 19:22:47 +01:00
Tom Lane
a04dc87db1 Improve comment for GetStableLatestTransactionId(). 2012-05-31 11:20:02 -04:00
Tom Lane
2755abf386 Teach AbortOutOfAnyTransaction to clean up partially-started transactions.
AbortOutOfAnyTransaction failed to do anything if the state it saw on
entry corresponded to failing partway through StartTransaction.  I fixed
AbortCurrentTransaction to cope with that case way back in commit
60b2444cc3, but evidently overlooked that
AbortOutOfAnyTransaction should do likewise.

Back-patch to all supported branches.  It's not clear that this omission
has any more-than-cosmetic consequences, but it's also not clear that it
doesn't, so back-patching seems the least risky choice.
2012-05-28 23:57:06 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
9e4637bf89 Update comments that became out-of-date with the PGXACT struct.
When the "hot" members of PGPROC were split off to separate PGXACT structs,
many PGPROC fields referred to in comments were moved to PGXACT, but the
comments were neglected in the commit. Mostly this is just a search/replace
of PGPROC with PGXACT, but the way the dummy PGPROC entries are created for
prepared transactions changed more, making some of the comments totally
bogus.

Noah Misch
2012-05-14 10:28:55 +03:00
Simon Riggs
867540b49c Ensure backwards compatibility for GetStableLatestTransactionId() 2012-05-12 13:26:10 +01:00
Simon Riggs
b06679e012 Ensure age() returns a stable value rather than the latest value 2012-05-11 14:36:24 +01:00
Tom Lane
acd4c7d58b Fix an issue in recent walwriter hibernation patch.
Users of asynchronous-commit mode expect there to be a guaranteed maximum
delay before an async commit's WAL records get flushed to disk.  The
original version of the walwriter hibernation patch broke that.  Add an
extra shared-memory flag to allow async commits to kick the walwriter out
of hibernation mode, without adding any noticeable overhead in cases where
no action is needed.
2012-05-08 23:06:40 -04:00
Tom Lane
5461564a9d Reduce idle power consumption of walwriter and checkpointer processes.
This patch modifies the walwriter process so that, when it has not found
anything useful to do for many consecutive wakeup cycles, it extends its
sleep time to reduce the server's idle power consumption.  It reverts to
normal as soon as it's done any successful flushes.  It's still true that
during any async commit, backends check for completed, unflushed pages of
WAL and signal the walwriter if there are any; so that in practice the
walwriter can get awakened and returned to normal operation sooner than the
sleep time might suggest.

Also, improve the checkpointer so that it uses a latch and a computed delay
time to not wake up at all except when it has something to do, replacing a
previous hardcoded 0.5 sec wakeup cycle.  This also is primarily useful for
reducing the server's power consumption when idle.

In passing, get rid of the dedicated latch for signaling the walwriter in
favor of using its procLatch, since that comports better with possible
generic signal handlers using that latch.  Also, fix a pre-existing bug
with failure to save/restore errno in walwriter's signal handlers.

Peter Geoghegan, somewhat simplified by Tom
2012-05-08 20:03:26 -04:00
Tom Lane
809e7e21af Converge all SQL-level statistics timing values to float8 milliseconds.
This patch adjusts the core statistics views to match the decision already
taken for pg_stat_statements, that values representing elapsed time should
be represented as float8 and measured in milliseconds.  By using float8,
we are no longer tied to a specific maximum precision of timing data.
(Internally, it's still microseconds, but we could now change that without
needing changes at the SQL level.)

The columns affected are
pg_stat_bgwriter.checkpoint_write_time
pg_stat_bgwriter.checkpoint_sync_time
pg_stat_database.blk_read_time
pg_stat_database.blk_write_time
pg_stat_user_functions.total_time
pg_stat_user_functions.self_time
pg_stat_xact_user_functions.total_time
pg_stat_xact_user_functions.self_time

The first four of these are new in 9.2, so there is no compatibility issue
from changing them.  The others require a release note comment that they
are now double precision (and can show a fractional part) rather than
bigint as before; also their underlying statistics functions now match
the column definitions, instead of returning bigint microseconds.
2012-04-30 14:03:33 -04:00
Robert Haas
0d2235a25b Remove duplicate word in comment.
Noted by Peter Geoghegan.
2012-04-30 13:14:46 -04:00
Robert Haas
5d4b60f2f2 Lots of doc corrections.
Josh Kupershmidt
2012-04-23 22:43:09 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
48658a1b81 Fix some typos
Josh Kupershmidt
2012-04-22 19:23:47 +03:00
Robert Haas
53c5b869b4 Tighten up error recovery for fast-path locking.
The previous code could cause a backend crash after BEGIN; SAVEPOINT a;
LOCK TABLE foo (interrupted by ^C or statement timeout); ROLLBACK TO
SAVEPOINT a; LOCK TABLE foo, and might have leaked strong-lock counts
in other situations.

Report by Zoltán Böszörményi; patch review by Jeff Davis.
2012-04-18 11:17:30 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
fe546f3da6 Don't wait for the commit record to be replicated if we wrote no WAL.
When using synchronous replication, we waited for the commit record to be
replicated, but if we our transaction didn't write any other WAL records,
that's not required because we don't even flush the WAL locally to disk in
that case. This lead to long waits when committing a transaction that only
modified a temporary table. Bug spotted by Thom Brown.
2012-04-17 16:28:31 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
a33fcd7e79 Fix typo
Kyotaro HORIGUCHI
2012-04-16 15:36:40 +03:00
Robert Haas
3ae5133b1c Teach SLRU code to avoid replacing I/O-busy pages.
Patch by me; review by Tom Lane and others.
2012-04-08 23:05:55 -04:00
Robert Haas
b736aef2ec Publish checkpoint timing information to pg_stat_bgwriter.
Greg Smith, Peter Geoghegan, and Robert Haas
2012-04-05 14:04:37 -04:00
Simon Riggs
68219aaf6b Correct epoch of txid_current() when executed on a Hot Standby server.
Initialise ckptXidEpoch from starting checkpoint and maintain the correct
value as we roll forwards. This allows GetNextXidAndEpoch() to return the
correct epoch when executed during recovery. Backpatch to 9.0 when the
problem is first observable by a user.

Bug report from Daniel Farina
2012-03-29 14:55:30 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
e684ab5e1e Add additional safety check against invalid backup label file
It was already checking for invalid data after "BACKUP FROM", but
would possibly crash if "BACKUP FROM" was missing altogether.

found by Coverity
2012-03-14 22:41:50 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
d93f209f48 Silence warning about unused variable, when building without assertions. 2012-03-08 11:10:02 +02:00
Robert Haas
bc97c38115 Typo fix.
Fujii Masao
2012-03-06 08:23:51 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
e587e2e3e3 Make the comments more clear on the fact that UpdateFullPageWrites() is not
safe to call concurrently from multiple processes.
2012-03-06 10:45:58 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
7714c63829 Remove extra copies of LogwrtResult.
This simplifies the code a little bit. The new rule is that to update
XLogCtl->LogwrtResult, you must hold both WALWriteLock and info_lck, whereas
before we had two copies, one that was protected by WALWriteLock and another
protected by info_lck. The code that updates them was already holding both
locks, so merging the two is trivial.

The third copy, XLogCtl->Insert.LogwrtResult, was not totally redundant, it
was used in AdvanceXLInsertBuffer to update the backend-local copy, before
acquiring the info_lck to read the up-to-date value. But the value of that
seems dubious; at best it's saving one spinlock acquisition per completed
WAL page, which is not significant compared to all the other work involved.
And in practice, it's probably not saving even that much.
2012-03-06 10:18:33 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
3b682df326 Simplify the way changes to full_page_writes are logged.
It's harmless to do full page writes even when not strictly necessary, so
when turning full_page_writes on, we can set the global flag first, and then
call XLogInsert. Likewise, when turning it off, we can write the WAL record
first, and then clear the flag. This way XLogInsert doesn't need any special
handling of the XLOG_FPW_CHANGE record type. XLogInsert is complicated
enough already, so anything we can keep away from there is a good thing.

Actually I don't think the atomicity of the shared memory flag matters,
anyway, because we only write the XLOG_FPW_CHANGE at the end of recovery,
when there are no concurrent WAL insertions going on. But might as well make
it safe, in case we allow changing full_page_writes on the fly in the
future.
2012-03-06 09:48:30 +02:00
Magnus Hagander
141b89826d More carefully validate xlog location string inputs
Now that we have validate_xlog_location, call it from the previously
existing functions taking xlog locatoins as a string input.

Suggested by Fujii Masao
2012-03-04 12:25:47 +01:00
Magnus Hagander
bc5ac36865 Add function pg_xlog_location_diff to help comparisons
Comparing two xlog locations are useful for example when calculating
replication lag.

Euler Taveira de Oliveira, reviewed by Fujii Masao, and some cleanups
from me
2012-03-04 12:22:38 +01:00
Heikki Linnakangas
1a01560cbb Rename LWLockWaitUntilFree to LWLockAcquireOrWait.
LWLockAcquireOrWait makes it more clear that the lock is acquired if it's
free.
2012-02-08 09:17:13 +02:00
Tom Lane
c6d76d7c82 Add locking around WAL-replay modification of shared-memory variables.
Originally, most of this code assumed that no Postgres backends could be
running concurrently with it, and so no locking could be needed.  That
assumption fails in Hot Standby.  While it's still true that Hot Standby
backends should never change values like nextXid, they can examine them,
and consistency is important in some cases such as when computing a
snapshot.  Therefore, prudence requires that WAL replay code obtain the
relevant locks when modifying such variables, even though it can examine
them without taking a lock.  We were following that coding rule in some
places but not all.  This commit applies the coding rule uniformly to all
updates of ShmemVariableCache and MultiXactState fields; a search of the
replay routines did not find any other cases that seemed to be at risk.

In addition, this commit fixes a longstanding thinko in replay of NEXTOID
and checkpoint records: we tried to advance nextOid only if it was behind
the value in the WAL record, but the comparison would draw the wrong
conclusion if OID wraparound had occurred since the previous value.
Better to just unconditionally assign the new value, since OID assignment
shouldn't be happening during replay anyway.

The additional locking seems to be more in the nature of future-proofing
than fixing any live bug, so I am not going to back-patch it.  The NEXTOID
fix will be back-patched separately.
2012-02-06 12:34:10 -05:00
Tom Lane
17118825b8 Fix transient clobbering of shared buffers during WAL replay.
RestoreBkpBlocks was in the habit of zeroing and refilling the target
buffer; which was perfectly safe when the code was written, but is unsafe
during Hot Standby operation.  The reason is that we have coding rules
that allow backends to continue accessing a tuple in a heap relation while
holding only a pin on its buffer.  Such a backend could see transiently
zeroed data, if WAL replay had occasion to change other data on the page.
This has been shown to be the cause of bug #6425 from Duncan Rance (who
deserves kudos for developing a sufficiently-reproducible test case) as
well as Bridget Frey's re-report of bug #6200.  It most likely explains the
original report as well, though we don't yet have confirmation of that.

To fix, change the code so that only bytes that are supposed to change will
change, even transiently.  This actually saves cycles in RestoreBkpBlocks,
since it's not writing the same bytes twice.

Also fix seq_redo, which has the same disease, though it has to work a bit
harder to meet the requirement.

So far as I can tell, no other WAL replay routines have this type of bug.
In particular, the index-related replay routines, which would certainly be
broken if they had to meet the same standard, are not at risk because we
do not have coding rules that allow access to an index page when not
holding a buffer lock on it.

Back-patch to 9.0 where Hot Standby was added.
2012-02-05 15:49:17 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
9b38d46d9f Make group commit more effective.
When a backend needs to flush the WAL, and someone else is already flushing
the WAL, wait until it releases the WALInsertLock and check if we still need
to do the flush or if the other backend already did the work for us, before
acquiring WALInsertLock. This helps group commit, because when the WAL flush
finishes, all the backends that were waiting for it can be woken up in one
go, and the can all concurrently observe that they're done, rather than
waking them up one by one in a cascading fashion.

This is based on a new LWLock function, LWLockWaitUntilFree(), which has
peculiar semantics. If the lock is immediately free, it grabs the lock and
returns true. If it's not free, it waits until it is released, but then
returns false without grabbing the lock. This is used in XLogFlush(), so
that when the lock is acquired, the backend flushes the WAL, but if it's
not, the backend first checks the current flush location before retrying.

Original patch and benchmarking by Peter Geoghegan and Simon Riggs, although
this patch as committed ended up being very different from that.
2012-01-30 16:53:48 +02:00
Tom Lane
ad10853b30 Assorted comment fixes, mostly just typos, but some obsolete statements.
YAMAMOTO Takashi
2012-01-29 19:23:56 -05:00
Simon Riggs
8366c7803e Allow pg_basebackup from standby node with safety checking.
Base backup follows recommended procedure, plus goes to great
lengths to ensure that partial page writes are avoided.

Jun Ishizuka and Fujii Masao, with minor modifications
2012-01-25 18:02:04 +00:00
Simon Riggs
5530623d03 Correctly initialise shared recoveryLastRecPtr in recovery.
Previously we used ReadRecPtr rather than EndRecPtr, which was
not a serious error but caused pg_stat_replication to report
incorrect replay_location until at least one WAL record is replayed.

Fujii Masao
2012-01-13 13:02:44 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
1b9dea04b5 Remove useless 'needlock' argument from GetXLogInsertRecPtr. It was always
passed as 'true'.
2012-01-11 11:01:47 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
9c808f89c2 Refactor XLogInsert a bit. The rdata entries for backup blocks are now
constructed before acquiring WALInsertLock, which slightly reduces the time
the lock is held. Although I could not measure any benefit in benchmarks,
the code is more readable this way.
2012-01-11 11:01:47 +02:00
Robert Haas
33aaa139e6 Make the number of CLOG buffers adaptive, based on shared_buffers.
Previously, this was hardcoded: we always had 8.  Performance testing
shows that isn't enough, especially on big SMP systems, so we allow it
to scale up as high as 32 when there's adequate memory.  On the flip
side, when shared_buffers is very small, drop the number of CLOG buffers
down to as little as 4, so that we can start the postmaster even
when very little shared memory is available.

Per extensive discussion with Simon Riggs, Tom Lane, and others on
pgsql-hackers.
2012-01-06 14:32:18 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
e126958c2e Update copyright notices for year 2012. 2012-01-01 18:01:58 -05:00
Simon Riggs
64233902d2 Send new protocol keepalive messages to standby servers.
Allows streaming replication users to calculate transfer latency
and apply delay via internal functions. No external functions yet.
2011-12-31 13:30:26 +00:00
Tom Lane
d0024cd188 Avoid crashing when we have problems unlinking files post-commit.
smgrdounlink takes care to not throw an ERROR if it fails to unlink
something, but that caution was rendered useless by commit
3396000684, which put an smgrexists call in
front of it; smgrexists *does* throw error if anything looks funny, such
as getting a permissions error from trying to open the file.  If that
happens post-commit, you get a PANIC, and what's worse the same logic
appears in the WAL replay code, so the database even fails to restart.

Restore the intended behavior by removing the smgrexists call --- it isn't
accomplishing anything that we can't do better by adjusting mdunlink's
ideas of whether it ought to warn about ENOENT or not.

Per report from Joseph Shraibman of unrecoverable crash after trying to
drop a table whose FSM fork had somehow gotten chmod'd to 000 permissions.
Backpatch to 8.4, where the bogus coding was introduced.
2011-12-20 15:00:36 -05:00
Tom Lane
dd45d3ad33 Fix some long-obsolete references to XLogOpenRelation.
These were missed in commit a213f1ee6c,
which removed that function.
2011-12-17 18:26:52 -05:00
Tom Lane
8daeb5ddd6 Add SP-GiST (space-partitioned GiST) index access method.
SP-GiST is comparable to GiST in flexibility, but supports non-balanced
partitioned search structures rather than balanced trees.  As described at
PGCon 2011, this new indexing structure can beat GiST in both index build
time and query speed for search problems that it is well matched to.

There are a number of areas that could still use improvement, but at this
point the code seems committable.

Teodor Sigaev and Oleg Bartunov, with considerable revisions by Tom Lane
2011-12-17 16:42:30 -05:00
Tom Lane
2dd9322ba6 Move BKP_REMOVABLE bit from individual WAL records to WAL page headers.
Removing this bit from xl_info allows us to restore the old limit of four
(not three) separate pages touched by a WAL record, which is needed for the
upcoming SP-GiST feature, and will likely be useful elsewhere in future.

When we implemented XLR_BKP_REMOVABLE in 2007, we had to do it like that
because no special WAL-visible action was taken when starting a backup.
However, now we force a segment switch when starting a backup, so a
compressing WAL archiver (such as pglesslog) that uses the state shown in
the current page header will not be fooled as to removability of backup
blocks.  The only downside is that the archiver will not return to
compressing mode for up to one WAL page after the backup is over, which is
a small price to pay for getting back the extra xl_info bit.  In any case
the archiver could look for XLOG_BACKUP_END records if it thought it was
worth the trouble to do so.

Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC since this is effectively a change in WAL format.
2011-12-12 16:22:14 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
9f0d2bdc88 Don't set reachedMinRecoveryPoint during crash recovery. In crash recovery,
we don't reach consistency before replaying all of the WAL. Rename the
variable to reachedConsistency, to make its intention clearer.

In master, that was an active bug because of the recent patch to
immediately PANIC if a reference to a missing page is found in WAL after
reaching consistency, as Tom Lane's test case demonstrated. In 9.1 and 9.0,
the only consequence was a misleading "consistent recovery state reached at
%X/%X" message in the log at the beginning of crash recovery (the database
is not consistent at that point yet). In 8.4, the log message was not
printed in crash recovery, even though there was a similar
reachedMinRecoveryPoint local variable that was also set early. So,
backpatch to 9.1 and 9.0.
2011-12-09 15:21:12 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
1e616f6391 During recovery, if we reach consistent state and still have entries in the
invalid-page hash table, PANIC immediately. Immediate PANIC is much better
than waiting for end-of-recovery, which is what we did before, because the
end-of-recovery might not come until months later if this is a standby
server.

Also refrain from creating a restartpoint if there are invalid-page entries
in the hash table. Restarting recovery from such a restartpoint would not
see the invalid references, and wouldn't be able to cross-check them when
consistency is reached. That wouldn't matter when things are going smoothly,
but the more sanity checks you have the better.

Fujii Masao
2011-12-02 10:49:54 +02:00
Robert Haas
ed0b409d22 Move "hot" members of PGPROC into a separate PGXACT array.
This speeds up snapshot-taking and reduces ProcArrayLock contention.
Also, the PGPROC (and PGXACT) structures used by two-phase commit are
now allocated as part of the main array, rather than in a separate
array, and we keep ProcArray sorted in pointer order.  These changes
are intended to minimize the number of cache lines that must be pulled
in to take a snapshot, and testing shows a substantial increase in
performance on both read and write workloads at high concurrencies.

Pavan Deolasee, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas
2011-11-25 08:02:10 -05:00
Simon Riggs
4de82f7d7c Wakeup WALWriter as needed for asynchronous commit performance.
Previously we waited for wal_writer_delay before flushing WAL. Now
we also wake WALWriter as soon as a WAL buffer page has filled.
Significant effect observed on performance of asynchronous commits
by Robert Haas, attributed to the ability to set hint bits on tuples
earlier and so reducing contention caused by clog lookups.
2011-11-13 09:00:57 +00:00
Simon Riggs
a030bfa6e4 Move user functions related to WAL into xlogfuncs.c 2011-11-04 09:37:17 +00:00
Simon Riggs
750f70b0fe Update more comments about checkpoints being done by bgwriter 2011-11-02 17:15:35 +00:00
Simon Riggs
18fb9d8d21 Reduce checkpoints and WAL traffic on low activity database server
Previously, we skipped a checkpoint if no WAL had been written since
last checkpoint, though this does not appear in user documentation.
As of now, we skip a checkpoint until we have written at least one
enough WAL to switch the next WAL file. This greatly reduces the
level of activity and number of WAL messages generated by a very
low activity server. This is safe because the purpose of a checkpoint
is to act as a starting place for a recovery, in case of crash.
This patch maintains minimal WAL volume for replay in case of crash,
thus maintaining very low crash recovery time.
2011-11-02 15:26:33 +00:00
Simon Riggs
9aceb6ab3c Refactor xlog.c to create src/backend/postmaster/startup.c
Startup process now has its own dedicated file, just like all other
special/background processes. Reduces role and size of xlog.c
2011-11-02 14:25:01 +00:00
Simon Riggs
86e3364899 Derive oldestActiveXid at correct time for Hot Standby.
There was a timing window between when oldestActiveXid was derived
and when it should have been derived that only shows itself under
heavy load. Move code around to ensure correct timing of derivation.
No change to StartupSUBTRANS() code, which is where this failed.

Bug report by Chris Redekop
2011-11-02 08:54:56 +00:00
Simon Riggs
f8409b39d1 Fix timing of Startup CLOG and MultiXact during Hot Standby
Patch by me, bug report by Chris Redekop, analysis by Florian Pflug
2011-11-02 08:07:44 +00:00
Simon Riggs
f3ebaad45b Comment changes to show bgwriter no longer performs checkpoints. 2011-11-01 18:48:47 +00:00
Tom Lane
bb446b689b Support synchronization of snapshots through an export/import procedure.
A transaction can export a snapshot with pg_export_snapshot(), and then
others can import it with SET TRANSACTION SNAPSHOT.  The data does not
leave the server so there are not security issues.  A snapshot can only
be imported while the exporting transaction is still running, and there
are some other restrictions.

I'm not totally convinced that we've covered all the bases for SSI (true
serializable) mode, but it works fine for lesser isolation modes.

Joachim Wieland, reviewed by Marko Tiikkaja, and rather heavily modified
by Tom Lane
2011-10-22 18:23:30 -04:00
Tom Lane
aa90e148ca Suppress -Wunused-result warnings about write() and fwrite().
This is merely an exercise in satisfying pedants, not a bug fix, because
in every case we were checking for failure later with ferror(), or else
there was nothing useful to be done about a failure anyway.  Document
the latter cases.
2011-10-18 21:37:51 -04:00
Tom Lane
fa56a0c3e0 Fix uninitialized-variable bug. 2011-10-04 17:08:18 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
09e196e453 Use callbacks in SlruScanDirectory for the actual action
Previously, the code assumed that the only possible action to take was
to delete files behind a certain cutoff point.  The async notify code
was already a crock: it used a different "pagePrecedes" function for
truncation than for regular operation.  By allowing it to pass a
callback to SlruScanDirectory it can do cleanly exactly what it needs to
do.

The clog.c code also had its own use for SlruScanDirectory, which is
made a bit simpler with this.
2011-10-04 14:03:23 -03:00
Tom Lane
d56b3afc03 Restructure error handling in reading of postgresql.conf.
This patch has two distinct purposes: to report multiple problems in
postgresql.conf rather than always bailing out after the first one,
and to change the policy for whether changes are applied when there are
unrelated errors in postgresql.conf.

Formerly the policy was to apply no changes if any errors could be
detected, but that had a significant consistency problem, because in some
cases specific values might be seen as valid by some processes but invalid
by others.  This meant that the latter processes would fail to adopt
changes in other parameters even though the former processes had done so.

The new policy is that during SIGHUP, the file is rejected as a whole
if there are any errors in the "name = value" syntax, or if any lines
attempt to set nonexistent built-in parameters, or if any lines attempt
to set custom parameters whose prefix is not listed in (the new value of)
custom_variable_classes.  These tests should always give the same results
in all processes, and provide what seems a reasonably robust defense
against loading values from badly corrupted config files.  If these tests
pass, all processes will apply all settings that they individually see as
good, ignoring (but logging) any they don't.

In addition, the postmaster does not abandon reading a configuration file
after the first syntax error, but continues to read the file and report
syntax errors (up to a maximum of 100 syntax errors per file).

The postmaster will still refuse to start up if the configuration file
contains any errors at startup time, but these changes allow multiple
errors to be detected and reported before quitting.

Alexey Klyukin, reviewed by Andy Colson and av (Alexander ?)
with some additional hacking by Tom Lane
2011-10-02 16:50:04 -04:00
Tom Lane
57eb009092 Allow snapshot references to still work during transaction abort.
In REPEATABLE READ (nee SERIALIZABLE) mode, an attempt to do
GetTransactionSnapshot() between AbortTransaction and CleanupTransaction
failed, because GetTransactionSnapshot would recompute the transaction
snapshot (which is already wrong, given the isolation mode) and then
re-register it in the TopTransactionResourceOwner, leading to an Assert
because the TopTransactionResourceOwner should be empty of resources after
AbortTransaction.  This is the root cause of bug #6218 from Yamamoto
Takashi.  While changing plancache.c to avoid requesting a snapshot when
handling a ROLLBACK masks the problem, I think this is really a snapmgr.c
bug: it's lower-level than the resource manager mechanism and should not be
shutting itself down before we unwind resource manager resources.  However,
just postponing the release of the transaction snapshot until cleanup time
didn't work because of the circular dependency with
TopTransactionResourceOwner.  Fix by managing the internal reference to
that snapshot manually instead of depending on TopTransactionResourceOwner.
This saves a few cycles as well as making the module layering more
straightforward.  predicate.c's dependencies on TopTransactionResourceOwner
go away too.

I think this is a longstanding bug, but there's no evidence that it's more
than a latent bug, so it doesn't seem worth any risk of back-patching.
2011-09-26 22:25:28 -04:00
Tom Lane
a7801b62f2 Move Timestamp/Interval typedefs and basic macros into datatype/timestamp.h.
As per my recent proposal, this refactors things so that these typedefs and
macros are available in a header that can be included in frontend-ish code.
I also changed various headers that were undesirably including
utils/timestamp.h to include datatype/timestamp.h instead.  Unsurprisingly,
this showed that half the system was getting utils/timestamp.h by way of
xlog.h.

No actual code changes here, just header refactoring.
2011-09-09 13:23:41 -04:00
Simon Riggs
df383b03e6 Partially revoke attempt to improve performance with many savepoints.
Maintain difference between subtransaction release and commit introduced
by earlier patch.
2011-09-07 12:11:26 +01:00
Alvaro Herrera
56a9ed92b6 Adjust translator comment format to xgettext expectations 2011-09-05 19:04:30 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
b64f18c583 Mark some untranslatable messages with errmsg_internal 2011-09-05 17:48:07 -03:00
Tom Lane
1609797c25 Clean up the #include mess a little.
walsender.h should depend on xlog.h, not vice versa.  (Actually, the
inclusion was circular until a couple hours ago, which was even sillier;
but Bruce broke it in the expedient rather than logically correct
direction.)  Because of that poor decision, plus blind application of
pgrminclude, we had a situation where half the system was depending on
xlog.h to include such unrelated stuff as array.h and guc.h.  Clean up
the header inclusion, and manually revert a lot of what pgrminclude had
done so things build again.

This episode reinforces my feeling that pgrminclude should not be run
without adult supervision.  Inclusion changes in header files in particular
need to be reviewed with great care.  More generally, it'd be good if we
had a clearer notion of module layering to dictate which headers can sanely
include which others ... but that's a big task for another day.
2011-09-04 01:13:16 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
f1e4f3d44f Whitespace adjustment for consistency in the file 2011-09-03 01:28:05 +03:00
Bruce Momjian
6416a82a62 Remove unnecessary #include references, per pgrminclude script. 2011-09-01 10:04:27 -04:00
Robert Haas
eab2ef6164 Remove some tabs from README file.
Some of the ASCII art expected 8-space tab stops, and some of it
expected 4-space tab stops.

Per report from YAMAMOTO Takashi.
2011-08-29 22:26:29 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
f261deb4b4 Add missing includes after pgrminclude run. 2011-08-26 18:15:14 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
1d0392b245 Fix comment about which version had BACKUP METHOD line in backup_lable, again.
It was invalidated again by Fujii's patch to 9.1.
2011-08-17 12:31:23 +03:00
Tom Lane
2ada6779c5 Fix race condition in relcache init file invalidation.
The previous code tried to synchronize by unlinking the init file twice,
but that doesn't actually work: it leaves a window wherein a third process
could read the already-stale init file but miss the SI messages that would
tell it the data is stale.  The result would be bizarre failures in catalog
accesses, typically "could not read block 0 in file ..." later during
startup.

Instead, hold RelCacheInitLock across both the unlink and the sending of
the SI messages.  This is more straightforward, and might even be a bit
faster since only one unlink call is needed.

This has been wrong since it was put in (in 2002!), so back-patch to all
supported releases.
2011-08-16 13:11:54 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
2877c67bc2 Fix bogus comment that claimed that the new BACKUP METHOD line in
backup_label was new in 9.0. Spotted by Fujii Masao.
2011-08-16 12:23:51 +03:00
Tom Lane
4dab3d5ae1 Change the autovacuum launcher to use WaitLatch instead of a poll loop.
In pursuit of this (and with the expectation that WaitLatch will be needed
in more places), convert the latch field that was already added to PGPROC
for sync rep into a generic latch that is activated for all PGPROC-owning
processes, and change many of the standard backend signal handlers to set
that latch when a signal happens.  This will allow WaitLatch callers to be
wakened properly by these signals.

In passing, fix a whole bunch of signal handlers that had been hacked to do
things that might change errno, without adding the necessary save/restore
logic for errno.  Also make some minor fixes in unix_latch.c, and clean
up bizarre and unsafe scheme for disowning the process's latch.  Much of
this has to be back-patched into 9.1.

Peter Geoghegan, with additional work by Tom
2011-08-10 12:22:21 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
41f9ffd928 If backup-end record is not seen, and we reach end of recovery from a
streamed backup, throw an error and refuse to start up. The restore has not
finished correctly in that case and the data directory is possibly corrupt.
We already errored out in case of archive recovery, but could not during
crash recovery because we couldn't distinguish between the case that
pg_start_backup() was called and the database then crashed (must not error,
data is OK), and the case that we're restoring from a backup and not all
the needed WAL was replayed (data can be corrupt).

To distinguish those cases, add a line to backup_label to indicate
whether the backup was taken with pg_start/stop_backup(), or by streaming
(ie. pg_basebackup).

This requires re-initdb, because of a new field added to the control file.
2011-08-10 09:22:49 +03:00
Tom Lane
9f17ffd866 Measure WaitLatch's timeout parameter in milliseconds, not microseconds.
The original definition had the problem that timeouts exceeding about 2100
seconds couldn't be specified on 32-bit machines.  Milliseconds seem like
sufficient resolution, and finer grain than that would be fantasy anyway
on many platforms.

Back-patch to 9.1 so that this aspect of the latch API won't change between
9.1 and later releases.

Peter Geoghegan
2011-08-09 18:52:29 -04:00
Simon Riggs
7cb7122800 Remove O(N^2) performance issue with multiple SAVEPOINTs.
Subtransaction locks now released en masse at main commit, rather than
repeatedly re-scanning for locks as we ascend the nested transaction tree.
Split transaction state TBLOCK_SUBEND into two states, TBLOCK_SUBCOMMIT
and TBLOCK_SUBRELEASE to allow the commit path to be optimised using
the existing code in ResourceOwnerRelease() which appears to have been
intended for this usage, judging from comments therein.
2011-07-19 17:21:24 +01:00
Simon Riggs
5286105800 Cascading replication feature for streaming log-based replication.
Standby servers can now have WALSender processes, which can work with
either WALReceiver or archive_commands to pass data. Fully updated
docs, including new conceptual terms of sending server, upstream and
downstream servers. WALSenders terminated when promote to master.

Fujii Masao, review, rework and doc rewrite by Simon Riggs
2011-07-19 03:40:03 +01:00
Heikki Linnakangas
89fd72cbf2 Introduce a pipe between postmaster and each backend, which can be used to
detect postmaster death. Postmaster keeps the write-end of the pipe open,
so when it dies, children get EOF in the read-end. That can conveniently
be waited for in select(), which allows eliminating some of the polling
loops that check for postmaster death. This patch doesn't yet change all
the loops to use the new mechanism, expect a follow-on patch to do that.

This changes the interface to WaitLatch, so that it takes as argument a
bitmask of events that it waits for. Possible events are latch set, timeout,
postmaster death, and socket becoming readable or writeable.

The pipe method behaves slightly differently from the kill() method
previously used in PostmasterIsAlive() in the case that postmaster has died,
but its parent has not yet read its exit code with waitpid(). The pipe
returns EOF as soon as the process dies, but kill() continues to return
true until waitpid() has been called (IOW while the process is a zombie).
Because of that, change PostmasterIsAlive() to use the pipe too, otherwise
WaitLatch() would return immediately with WL_POSTMASTER_DEATH, while
PostmasterIsAlive() would claim it's still alive. That could easily lead to
busy-waiting while postmaster is in zombie state.

Peter Geoghegan with further changes by me, reviewed by Fujii Masao and
Florian Pflug.
2011-07-08 18:44:07 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
21f1e15aaf Unify spelling of "canceled", "canceling", "cancellation"
We had previously (af26857a27)
established the U.S. spellings as standard.
2011-06-29 09:28:46 +03:00
Simon Riggs
465883b0a2 Introduce compact WAL record for the common case of commit (non-DDL).
XLOG_XACT_COMMIT_COMPACT leaves out invalidation messages and relfilenodes,
saving considerable space for the vast majority of transaction commits.
XLOG_XACT_COMMIT keeps same definition as XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC 0xD067 and earlier.

Leonardo Francalanci and Simon Riggs
2011-06-28 22:58:17 +01:00
Robert Haas
503c7305a1 Make the visibility map crash-safe.
This involves two main changes from the previous behavior.  First,
when we set a bit in the visibility map, emit a new WAL record of type
XLOG_HEAP2_VISIBLE.  Replay sets the page-level PD_ALL_VISIBLE bit and
the visibility map bit.  Second, when inserting, updating, or deleting
a tuple, we can no longer get away with clearing the visibility map
bit after releasing the lock on the corresponding heap page, because
an intervening crash might leave the visibility map bit set and the
page-level bit clear.  Making this work requires a bit of interface
refactoring.

In passing, a few minor but related cleanups: change the test in
visibilitymap_set and visibilitymap_clear to throw an error if the
wrong page (or no page) is pinned, rather than silently doing nothing;
this case should never occur.  Also, remove duplicate definitions of
InvalidXLogRecPtr.

Patch by me, review by Noah Misch.
2011-06-21 23:04:40 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
cb94db91b2 pgindent run of recent SSI changes. Also, remove an unnecessary #include.
Kevin Grittner
2011-06-16 16:17:22 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
85ea93384a Oops, forgot to change the order of entries in 2PC callback arrays when I
renumbered the resource managers. This should fix the buildfarm..
2011-06-14 15:16:36 +03:00
Tom Lane
c2ba0121c7 Work around gcc 4.6.0 bug that breaks WAL replay.
ReadRecord's habit of using both direct references to tmpRecPtr and
references to *RecPtr (which is pointing at tmpRecPtr) triggers an
optimization bug in gcc 4.6.0, which apparently has forgotten about
aliasing rules.  Avoid the compiler bug, and make the code more readable
to boot, by getting rid of the direct references.  Improve the comments
while at it.

Back-patch to all supported versions, in case they get built with 4.6.0.

Tom Lane, with some cosmetic suggestions from Alex Hunsaker
2011-06-10 17:04:29 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
6560407c7d Pgindent run before 9.1 beta2. 2011-06-09 14:32:50 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
c6eb5740b3 Fix assorted typos 2011-05-12 08:52:56 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
a0c8514149 Shut down WAL receiver if it's still running at end of recovery. We used to
just check that it's not running and PANIC if it was, but that can rightfully
happen if recovery stops at recovery target.
2011-05-11 12:46:08 +03:00
Tom Lane
d2088ae949 Move RegisterPredicateLockingXid() call to a safer place.
The SSI patch inserted a call of RegisterPredicateLockingXid into
GetNewTransactionId, which was a bad idea on a couple of grounds.  First,
it's not necessary to hold XidGenLock while manipulating that shared
memory, and doing so is bad because XidGenLock is a high-contention lock
that should be held for as short a time as possible.  (Not to mention that
it adds an entirely unnecessary deadlock hazard, since we must take
SerializableXactHashLock as well.)  Second, the specific place where it was
put was between extending CLOG and advancing nextXid, which could result in
unpleasant behavior in case of a failure there.  Pull the call out to
AssignTransactionId, which is much safer and arguably better from a
modularity standpoint too.

There is more work to do to clean up the failure-before-advancing-nextXid
issue, but that is a separate change that will need to be back-patched.
So for the moment I just want to make GetNewTransactionId look the same as
it did in prior versions.
2011-05-06 12:57:28 -04:00
Robert Haas
aea1f24c2c recoveryStopsHere() must check the resource manager ID.
Before commit c016ce7281, this wasn't
needed, but now that multiple resource manager IDs can percolate down
through here, we have to make sure we know which one we've got.
Otherwise, we can confuse (for example) an XLOG_XACT_COMMIT record
with an XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN record.

Review by Jaime Casanova
2011-04-18 08:27:19 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
54685b1c2b Revert the patch to check if we've reached end-of-backup also when doing
crash recovery, and throw an error if not. hubert depesz lubaczewski pointed
out that that situation also happens in the crash recovery following a
system crash that happens during an online backup.

We might want to do something smarter in 9.1, like put the check back for
backups taken with pg_basebackup, but that's for another patch.
2011-04-13 22:05:40 +03:00
Bruce Momjian
bf50caf105 pgindent run before PG 9.1 beta 1. 2011-04-10 11:42:00 -04:00
Tom Lane
2594cf0e8c Revise the API for GUC variable assign hooks.
The previous functions of assign hooks are now split between check hooks
and assign hooks, where the former can fail but the latter shouldn't.
Aside from being conceptually clearer, this approach exposes the
"canonicalized" form of the variable value to guc.c without having to do
an actual assignment.  And that lets us fix the problem recently noted by
Bernd Helmle that the auto-tune patch for wal_buffers resulted in bogus
log messages about "parameter "wal_buffers" cannot be changed without
restarting the server".  There may be some speed advantage too, because
this design lets hook functions avoid re-parsing variable values when
restoring a previous state after a rollback (they can store a pre-parsed
representation of the value instead).  This patch also resolves a
longstanding annoyance about custom error messages from variable assign
hooks: they should modify, not appear separately from, guc.c's own message
about "invalid parameter value".
2011-04-07 00:12:02 -04:00
Simon Riggs
88f32b7ca2 Avoid assuming there will be only 3 states for synchronous_commit.
Also avoid hardcoding the current default state by giving it the name
"on" and replace with a meaningful name that reflects its behaviour.
Coding only, no change in behaviour.
2011-04-04 23:23:13 +01:00
Robert Haas
240067b3b0 Merge synchronous_replication setting into synchronous_commit.
This means one less thing to configure when setting up synchronous
replication, and also avoids some ambiguity around what the behavior
should be when the settings of these variables conflict.

Fujii Masao, with additional hacking by me.
2011-04-04 16:25:52 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
1f0bab8494 Improve error message when WAL ends before reaching end of online backup. 2011-03-31 10:09:49 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
acf4740132 Check that we've reached end-of-backup also when we're not performing
archive recovery.

It's possible to restore an online backup without recovery.conf, by simply
copying all the necessary WAL files to pg_xlog. "pg_basebackup -x" does that
too. That's the use case where this cross-check is useful.

Backpatch to 9.0. We used to do this in earlier versins, but in 9.0 the code
was inadvertently changed so that the check is only performed after archive
recovery.

Fujii Masao.
2011-03-30 10:53:28 +03:00
Simon Riggs
b5f2f2a712 Minor changes to recovery pause behaviour.
Change location LOG message so it works each time we pause, not
just for final pause.
Ensure that we pause only if we are in Hot Standby and can connect
to allow us to run resume function. This change supercedes the
code to override parameter recoveryPauseAtTarget to false if not
attempting to enter Hot Standby, which is now removed.
2011-03-23 19:35:53 +00:00
Simon Riggs
b98ac467f5 Prevent intermittent hang in recovery from bgwriter interaction.
Startup process waited for cleanup lock but when hot_standby = off
the pid was not registered, so that the bgwriter would not wake
the waiting process as intended.
2011-03-23 13:30:05 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
6d8096e2f3 When two base backups are started at the same time with pg_basebackup,
ensure that they use different checkpoints as the starting point. We use
the checkpoint redo location as a unique identifier for the base backup in
the end-of-backup record, and in the backup history file name.

Bug spotted by Fujii Masao.
2011-03-21 11:25:25 +02:00
Robert Haas
777e8c0015 Remove bogus semicolons in recoveryPausesHere.
Without this, the startup process goes into a tight loop, consuming
100% of one CPU and failing to respond to interrupts.
2011-03-18 08:09:09 -04:00
Robert Haas
84abea76f6 Add pause_at_recovery_target to recovery.conf.sample; improve docs.
Fujii Masao, but with the proposed behavior change reverted, and the
rest adjusted accordingly.
2011-03-17 14:04:11 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
5ca543fb2e Clarify C comment that O_SYNC/O_FSYNC are really the same settting, as
opposed to O_DSYNC.
2011-03-10 20:02:52 -05:00
Robert Haas
d16e290a8a Emit a LOG message when pausing at the recovery target.
Fujii Masao
2011-03-10 14:37:14 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
4cd3fb6e12 Truncate predicate lock manager's SLRU lazily at checkpoint. That's safer
than doing it aggressively whenever the tail-XID pointer is advanced, because
this way we don't need to do it while holding SerializableXactHashLock.

This also fixes bug #5915 spotted by YAMAMOTO Takashi, and removes an
obsolete comment spotted by Kevin Grittner.
2011-03-08 12:12:54 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
1a4ab9ec23 If recovery_target_timeline is set to 'latest' and standby mode is enabled,
periodically rescan the archive for new timelines, while waiting for new WAL
segments to arrive. This allows you to set up a standby server that follows
the TLI change if another standby server is promoted to master. Before this,
you had to restart the standby server to make it notice the new timeline.

This patch only scans the archive for TLI changes, it won't follow a TLI
change in streaming replication. That is much needed too, but it would be a
much bigger patch than I dare to sneak in this late in the release cycle.

There was discussion on improving the sanity checking of the WAL segments so
that the system would notice more reliably if the new timeline isn't an
ancestor of the current one, but that is not included in this patch.

Reviewed by Fujii Masao.
2011-03-07 21:14:47 +02:00
Simon Riggs
a8a8a3e096 Efficient transaction-controlled synchronous replication.
If a standby is broadcasting reply messages and we have named
one or more standbys in synchronous_standby_names then allow
users who set synchronous_replication to wait for commit, which
then provides strict data integrity guarantees. Design avoids
sending and receiving transaction state information so minimises
bookkeeping overheads. We synchronize with the highest priority
standby that is connected and ready to synchronize. Other standbys
can be defined to takeover in case of standby failure.

This version has very strict behaviour; more relaxed options
may be added at a later date.

Simon Riggs and Fujii Masao, with reviews by Yeb Havinga, Jaime
Casanova, Heikki Linnakangas and Robert Haas, plus the assistance
of many other design reviewers.
2011-03-06 22:49:16 +00:00
Tom Lane
a874fe7b4c Refactor the executor's API to support data-modifying CTEs better.
The originally committed patch for modifying CTEs didn't interact well
with EXPLAIN, as noted by myself, and also had corner-case problems with
triggers, as noted by Dean Rasheed.  Those problems show it is really not
practical for ExecutorEnd to call any user-defined code; so split the
cleanup duties out into a new function ExecutorFinish, which must be called
between the last ExecutorRun call and ExecutorEnd.  Some Asserts have been
added to these functions to help verify correct usage.

It is no longer necessary for callers of the executor to call
AfterTriggerBeginQuery/AfterTriggerEndQuery for themselves, as this is now
done by ExecutorStart/ExecutorFinish respectively.  If you really need to
suppress that and do it for yourself, pass EXEC_FLAG_SKIP_TRIGGERS to
ExecutorStart.

Also, refactor portal commit processing to allow for the possibility that
PortalDrop will invoke user-defined code.  I think this is not actually
necessary just yet, since the portal-execution-strategy logic forces any
non-pure-SELECT query to be run to completion before we will consider
committing.  But it seems like good future-proofing.
2011-02-27 13:44:12 -05:00
Robert Haas
79ad8fc5f8 Named restore point improvements.
Emit a log message when creating a named restore point, and improve
documentation for pg_create_restore_point().

Euler Taveira de Oliveira, 	per suggestions from Thom Brown, with some
additional wordsmithing by me.
2011-02-24 19:02:00 -05:00
Simon Riggs
bca8b7f16a Hot Standby feedback for avoidance of cleanup conflicts on standby.
Standby optionally sends back information about oldestXmin of queries
which is then checked and applied to the WALSender's proc->xmin.
GetOldestXmin() is modified slightly to agree with GetSnapshotData(),
so that all backends on primary include WALSender within their snapshots.
Note this does nothing to change the snapshot xmin on either master or
standby. Feedback piggybacks on the standby reply message.
vacuum_defer_cleanup_age is no longer used on standby, though parameter
still exists on primary, since some use cases still exist.

Simon Riggs, review comments from Fujii Masao, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas
2011-02-16 19:29:37 +00:00
Robert Haas
4695da5ae9 pg_ctl promote
Fujii Masao, reviewed by Robert Haas, Stephen Frost, and Magnus Hagander.
2011-02-15 21:30:23 -05:00
Simon Riggs
5c588be729 PITR can stop at a named restore point when recovery target = time
though must not update the last transaction timestamp.
Plus comment and message cleanup for recent named restore point.

Fujii Masao, minor changes by me
2011-02-15 00:51:39 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
b186523fd9 Send status updates back from standby server to master, indicating how far
the standby has written, flushed, and applied the WAL. At the moment, this
is for informational purposes only, the values are only shown in
pg_stat_replication system view, but in the future they will also be needed
for synchronous replication.

Extracted from Simon riggs' synchronous replication patch by Robert Haas, with
some tweaking by me.
2011-02-10 21:04:02 +02:00
Magnus Hagander
3144c33a2f Implement NOWAIT option for BASE_BACKUP command
Specifying this option makes the server not wait for the
xlog to be archived, or emit a warning that it can't,
instead leaving the responsibility with the client.

This is useful when the log is being streamed using
the streaming protocol in parallel with the backup,
without having log archiving enabled.
2011-02-09 10:59:53 +01:00
Simon Riggs
c016ce7281 Named restore points in recovery. Users can record named points, then
new recovery.conf parameter recovery_target_name allows PITR to
specify named points as recovery targets.

Jaime Casanova, reviewed by Euler Taveira de Oliveira, plus minor edits
2011-02-08 19:39:08 +00:00
Simon Riggs
8c6e3adbf7 Basic Recovery Control functions for use in Hot Standby. Pause, Resume,
Status check functions only. Also, new recovery.conf parameter to
pause_at_recovery_target, default on.

Simon Riggs, reviewed by Fujii Masao
2011-02-08 18:30:22 +00:00
Simon Riggs
faa0550572 Remove rare corner case for data loss when triggering standby server.
If the standby was streaming when trigger file arrives, check also in the
archive for additional WAL files. This is a corner case since it is
unlikely that we would trigger a failover while the master is still
available and sending data to standby, while at the same time running in
archive mode and also while the streaming standby has fallen behind archive.
Someone would eventually be unlucky; we must plug all gaps however small.

Fujii Masao
2011-02-08 14:38:02 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
dafaa3efb7 Implement genuine serializable isolation level.
Until now, our Serializable mode has in fact been what's called Snapshot
Isolation, which allows some anomalies that could not occur in any
serialized ordering of the transactions. This patch fixes that using a
method called Serializable Snapshot Isolation, based on research papers by
Michael J. Cahill (see README-SSI for full references). In Serializable
Snapshot Isolation, transactions run like they do in Snapshot Isolation,
but a predicate lock manager observes the reads and writes performed and
aborts transactions if it detects that an anomaly might occur. This method
produces some false positives, ie. it sometimes aborts transactions even
though there is no anomaly.

To track reads we implement predicate locking, see storage/lmgr/predicate.c.
Whenever a tuple is read, a predicate lock is acquired on the tuple. Shared
memory is finite, so when a transaction takes many tuple-level locks on a
page, the locks are promoted to a single page-level lock, and further to a
single relation level lock if necessary. To lock key values with no matching
tuple, a sequential scan always takes a relation-level lock, and an index
scan acquires a page-level lock that covers the search key, whether or not
there are any matching keys at the moment.

A predicate lock doesn't conflict with any regular locks or with another
predicate locks in the normal sense. They're only used by the predicate lock
manager to detect the danger of anomalies. Only serializable transactions
participate in predicate locking, so there should be no extra overhead for
for other transactions.

Predicate locks can't be released at commit, but must be remembered until
all the transactions that overlapped with it have completed. That means that
we need to remember an unbounded amount of predicate locks, so we apply a
lossy but conservative method of tracking locks for committed transactions.
If we run short of shared memory, we overflow to a new "pg_serial" SLRU
pool.

We don't currently allow Serializable transactions in Hot Standby mode.
That would be hard, because even read-only transactions can cause anomalies
that wouldn't otherwise occur.

Serializable isolation mode now means the new fully serializable level.
Repeatable Read gives you the old Snapshot Isolation level that we have
always had.

Kevin Grittner and Dan Ports, reviewed by Jeff Davis, Heikki Linnakangas and
Anssi Kääriäinen
2011-02-08 00:09:08 +02:00
Robert Haas
0af695fd43 Log restartpoints in the same fashion as checkpoints.
Prior to 9.0, restartpoints never created, deleted, or recycled WAL
files, but now they can.  This code makes log_checkpoints treat
checkpoints and restartpoints symmetrically.  It also adjusts up
the documentation of the parameter to mention restartpoints.

Fujii Masao.  Docs by me, as suggested by Itagaki Takahiro.
2011-02-02 21:08:53 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
997b48ed96 Support multiple concurrent pg_basebackup backups.
With this patch, pg_basebackup doesn't write a backup_label file in the
data directory, so it doesn't interfere with a pg_start/stop_backup() based
backup anymore. backup_label is still included in the backup, but it is
injected directly into the tar stream.

Heikki Linnakangas, reviewed by Fujii Masao and Magnus Hagander.
2011-01-31 18:25:39 +02:00
Tom Lane
0f73aae13d Allow the wal_buffers setting to be auto-tuned to a reasonable value.
If wal_buffers is initially set to -1 (which is now the default), it's
replaced by 1/32nd of shared_buffers, with a minimum of 8 (the old default)
and a maximum of the XLOG segment size.  The allowed range for manual
settings is still from 4 up to whatever will fit in shared memory.

Greg Smith, with implementation correction by me.
2011-01-22 20:31:24 -05:00
Magnus Hagander
4448917d51 Split pg_start_backup() and pg_stop_backup() into two pieces
Move the actual functionality into a separate function that's
easier to call internally, and change the SQL-callable function
to be a wrapper calling this.

Also create a pg_abort_backup() function, only callable internally,
that does only the most vital parts of pg_stop_backup(), making it
safe(r) to call from error handlers.
2011-01-09 21:00:28 +01:00
Robert Haas
a9f72b4083 Improve recovery.conf.sample comments.
Jehan-Guillaume de Rorthais, with some additional wordsmithing by me.
2011-01-07 11:01:25 -05:00
Robert Haas
dc8a14311a Update comments in RecordTransactionCommit() to mention unlogged tables. 2011-01-03 10:29:22 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
5d950e3b0c Stamp copyrights for year 2011. 2011-01-01 13:18:15 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
55573990ca Avoid unnecessary public struct declaration in slru.h
Instead, declare a public wrapper of the sole function using it for
external callers, so that they don't have to always pass a NULL
argument.

Author: Kevin Grittner
2010-12-30 12:09:17 -03:00
Robert Haas
53dbc27c62 Support unlogged tables.
The contents of an unlogged table are WAL-logged; thus, they are not
available on standby servers and are truncated whenever the database
system enters recovery.  Indexes on unlogged tables are also unlogged.
Unlogged GiST indexes are not currently supported.
2010-12-29 06:48:53 -05:00
Magnus Hagander
9b8aff8c19 Add REPLICATION privilege for ROLEs
This privilege is required to do Streaming Replication, instead of
superuser, making it possible to set up a SR slave that doesn't
have write permissions on the master.

Superuser privileges do NOT override this check, so in order to
use the default superuser account for replication it must be
explicitly granted the REPLICATION permissions. This is backwards
incompatible change, in the interest of higher default security.
2010-12-29 11:05:03 +01:00
Bruce Momjian
5000472112 Remove quotes from boolean recovery.conf.sample parameters, now that the
quotes are not required.  This now matches postgresql.conf's
specification of booleans.
2010-12-24 11:51:51 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
9de3aa65f0 Rewrite the GiST insertion logic so that we don't need the post-recovery
cleanup stage to finish incomplete inserts or splits anymore. There was two
reasons for the cleanup step:

1. When a new tuple was inserted to a leaf page, the downlink in the parent
needed to be updated to contain (ie. to be consistent with) the new key.
Updating the parent in turn might require recursively updating the parent of
the parent. We now handle that by updating the parent while traversing down
the tree, so that when we insert the leaf tuple, all the parents are already
consistent with the new key, and the tree is consistent at every step.

2. When a page is split, we need to insert the downlink for the new right
page(s), and update the downlink for the original page to not include keys
that moved to the right page(s). We now handle that by setting a new flag,
F_FOLLOW_RIGHT, on the non-rightmost pages in the split. When that flag is
set, scans always follow the rightlink, regardless of the NSN mechanism used
to detect concurrent page splits. That way the tree is consistent right after
split, even though the downlink is still missing. This is very similar to the
way B-tree splits are handled. When the downlink is inserted in the parent,
the flag is cleared. To keep the insertion algorithm simple, when an
insertion sees an incomplete split, indicated by the F_FOLLOW_RIGHT flag, it
finishes the split before doing anything else.

These changes allow removing the whole "invalid tuple" mechanism, but I
retained the scan code to still follow invalid tuples correctly. While we
don't create any such tuples anymore, we want to handle them gracefully in
case you pg_upgrade a GiST index that has them. If we encounter any on an
insert, though, we just throw an error saying that you need to REINDEX.

The issue that got me into doing this is that if you did a checkpoint while
an insert or split was in progress, and the checkpoint finishes quickly so
that there is no WAL record related to the insert between RedoRecPtr and the
checkpoint record, recovery from that checkpoint would not know to finish
the incomplete insert. IOW, we have the same issue we solved with the
rm_safe_restartpoint mechanism during normal operation too. It's highly
unlikely to happen in practice, and this fix is far too large to backpatch,
so we're just going to live with in previous versions, but this refactoring
fixes it going forward.

With this patch, you don't get the annoying
'index "FOO" needs VACUUM or REINDEX to finish crash recovery' notices
anymore if you crash at an unfortunate moment.
2010-12-23 16:21:47 +02:00
Robert Haas
f6a0863e3c Allow transactions that don't write WAL to commit asynchronously.
This case can arise if a transaction has written data, but only to
temporary tables.  Loss of the commit record in case of a crash won't
matter, because the temporary tables will be lost anyway.

Reviewed by Heikki Linnakangas and Simon Riggs.
2010-12-20 12:59:33 -05:00
Robert Haas
34c70c7ac4 Instrument checkpoint sync calls.
Greg Smith, reviewed by Jeff Janes
2010-12-14 09:26:19 -05:00
Tom Lane
04f4e10cfc Use symbolic names not octal constants for file permission flags.
Purely cosmetic patch to make our coding standards more consistent ---
we were doing symbolic some places and octal other places.  This patch
fixes all C-coded uses of mkdir, chmod, and umask.  There might be some
other calls I missed.  Inconsistency noted while researching tablespace
directory permissions issue.
2010-12-10 17:35:33 -05:00
Simon Riggs
e620ee35b2 Optimize commit_siblings in two ways to improve group commit.
First, avoid scanning the whole ProcArray once we know there
are at least commit_siblings active; second, skip the check
altogether if commit_siblings = 0.

Greg Smith
2010-12-08 18:48:03 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
5a031a5556 Fix bugs in the hot standby known-assigned-xids tracking logic. If there's
an old transaction running in the master, and a lot of transactions have
started and finished since, and a WAL-record is written in the gap between
the creating the running-xacts snapshot and WAL-logging it, recovery will fail
with "too many KnownAssignedXids" error. This bug was reported by
Joachim Wieland on Nov 19th.

In the same scenario, when fewer transactions have started so that all the
xids fit in KnownAssignedXids despite the first bug, a more serious bug
arises. We incorrectly initialize the clog code with the oldest still running
transaction, and when we see the WAL record belonging to a transaction with
an XID larger than one that committed already before the checkpoint we're
recovering from, we zero the clog page containing the already committed
transaction, leading to data loss.

In hindsight, trying to track xids in the known-assigned-xids array before
seeing the running-xacts record was too complicated. To fix that, hold
XidGenLock while the running-xacts snapshot is taken and WAL-logged. That
ensures that no transaction can begin or end in that gap, so that in recvoery
we know that the snapshot contains all transactions running at that point in
WAL.
2010-12-07 09:23:30 +01:00
Heikki Linnakangas
95e42a2c29 Fix two typos, by Fujii Masao. 2010-12-06 12:38:05 +01:00
Robert Haas
5ef6c91383 Remove now-outdated mention of quotes being required in recovery.conf.
Noted by Itagaki Takahiro.
2010-12-03 09:00:18 -05:00
Robert Haas
970a18687f Use GUC lexer for recovery.conf parsing.
This eliminates some crufty, special-purpose code and, as a non-trivial
side benefit, allows recovery.conf parameters to be unquoted.

Dimitri Fontaine, with review and cleanup by Alvaro Herrera, Itagaki
Takahiro, and me.
2010-12-03 08:56:44 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
fc946c39ae Remove useless whitespace at end of lines 2010-11-23 22:34:55 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
542bdb2146 Fix bug introduced by the recent patch to check that the checkpoint redo
location read from backup label file can be found: wasShutdown was set
incorrectly when a backup label file was found.

Jeff Davis, with a little tweaking by me.
2010-11-11 19:32:11 +02:00
Robert Haas
7ba6e4f0e0 Add monitoring function pg_last_xact_replay_timestamp.
Fujii Masao, with a little wordsmithing by me.
2010-11-09 22:52:19 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
8c843fff2d Bootstrap WAL to begin at segment logid=0 logseg=1 (000000010000000000000001)
rather than 0/0, so that we can safely use 0/0 as an invalid value. This is a
more future-proof fix for the corner-case bug in streaming replication that
was fixed yesterday. We had a similar corner-case bug with log/seg 0/0 back in
February as well. Avoiding 0/0 as a valid value should prevent bugs like that
in the future. Per Tom Lane's idea.

Back-patch to 9.0. Since this only affects bootstrapping, it makes no
difference to existing installations. We don't need to worry about the
bug in existing installations, because if you've managed to get past the
initial base backup already, you won't hit the bug in the future either.
2010-11-02 11:39:48 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
931b6db39b Fix corner-case bug in tracking of latest removed WAL segment during
streaming replication. We used log/seg 0/0 to indicate that no WAL segments
have been removed since startup, but 0/0 is a valid value for the very first
WAL segment after initdb. To make that disambiguous, store
(latest removed WAL segment + 1) in the global variable.

Per report from Matt Chesler, also reproduced by Greg Smith.
2010-11-01 10:05:15 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
0c6293dd03 Before removing backup_label and irrevocably changing pg_control file, check
that WAL file containing the checkpoint redo-location can be found. This
avoids making the cluster irrecoverable if the redo location is in an earlie
WAL file than the checkpoint record.

Report, analysis and patch by Jeff Davis, with small changes by me.
2010-10-26 21:43:52 +03:00
Tom Lane
def30e84c4 Don't try to fetch database name when SetTransactionIdLimit() is executed
outside a transaction.

This repairs brain fade in my patch of 2009-08-30: the reason we had been
storing oldest-database name, not OID, in ShmemVariableCache was of course
to avoid having to do a catalog lookup at times when it might be unsafe.

This error explains why Aleksandr Dushein is having trouble getting out of
an XID wraparound state in bug #5718, though not how he got into that state
in the first place.  I suspect pg_upgrade is at fault there.
2010-10-20 12:48:51 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
17a16663d0 Remove AtStart_Cache() call in CommandCounterIncrement().
This call was present in the aboriginal code from Berkeley, and has
never been touched; it may very well be that it was there to mask
effects of bugs in other places and it may no longer be necessary.
The removal has been foreseen in a code comment since 2007; this seems
to be a good time to test this hypothesis.
2010-10-20 11:33:57 -03:00
Simon Riggs
3bbcc5c999 Make startup process respond to signals to cancel waiting on latch.
A tidy up for recently committed changes to startup latch.

Fujii Masao
2010-10-14 19:15:26 +01:00
Simon Riggs
45cd9199c2 Fix bug in comment of timeline history file.
Fujii Masao
2010-10-14 19:06:06 +01:00
Magnus Hagander
9f2e211386 Remove cvs keywords from all files. 2010-09-20 22:08:53 +02:00
Tom Lane
54d0e2886a Add some documentation about how we WAL-log filesystem actions.
Per a question from Robert Haas.
2010-09-17 00:42:39 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
79b54816db Fix two typos in comments, spotted by Fujii Masao and Thom Brown 2010-09-15 13:58:22 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
723d0184e2 Use a latch to make startup process wake up and replay immediately when
new WAL arrives via streaming replication. This reduces the latency, and
also allows us to use a longer polling interval, which is good for energy
efficiency.

We still need to poll to check for the appearance of a trigger file, but
the interval is now 5 seconds (instead of 100ms), like when waiting for
a new WAL segment to appear in WAL archive.
2010-09-15 10:35:05 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
2746e5f21d Introduce latches. A latch is a boolean variable, with the capability to
wait until it is set. Latches can be used to reliably wait until a signal
arrives, which is hard otherwise because signals don't interrupt select()
on some platforms, and even when they do, there's race conditions.

On Unix, latches use the so called self-pipe trick under the covers to
implement the sleep until the latch is set, without race conditions. On
Windows, Windows events are used.

Use the new latch abstraction to sleep in walsender, so that as soon as
a transaction finishes, walsender is woken up to immediately send the WAL
to the standby. This reduces the latency between master and standby, which
is good.

Preliminary work by Fujii Masao. The latch implementation is by me, with
helpful comments from many people.
2010-09-11 15:48:04 +00:00
Tom Lane
eb36d1ad51 Fix oversight in RelFileNodeBackend patch: CreateFakeRelcacheEntry needs to
initialize the rd_backend field of a fake Relation entry correctly.
Fortunately, that is easy, since only non-temp relations should ever be
mentioned in the WAL stream.
2010-08-30 16:46:23 +00:00
Simon Riggs
ac791d3ca1 Fix misleading DEBUG2 issued during RemoveOldXlogFiles() 2010-08-30 15:37:41 +00:00
Simon Riggs
e72f15ed60 Truncate subtrans after each restartpoint.
Issue reported by Harald Kolb, patch by Fujii Masao, review by me.
2010-08-30 14:22:05 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
3a1b51de19 Remove duplicate translatable phrase 2010-08-26 19:23:41 +00:00
Robert Haas
debcec7dc3 Include the backend ID in the relpath of temporary relations.
This allows us to reliably remove all leftover temporary relation
files on cluster startup without reference to system catalogs or WAL;
therefore, we no longer include temporary relations in XLOG_XACT_COMMIT
and XLOG_XACT_ABORT WAL records.

Since these changes require including a backend ID in each
SharedInvalSmgrMsg, the size of the SharedInvalidationMessage.id
field has been reduced from two bytes to one, and the maximum number
of connections has been reduced from INT_MAX / 4 to 2^23-1.  It would
be possible to remove these restrictions by increasing the size of
SharedInvalidationMessage by 4 bytes, but right now that doesn't seem
like a good trade-off.

Review by Jaime Casanova and Tom Lane.
2010-08-13 20:10:54 +00:00
Robert Haas
95ef7cd40d Make RecordTransactionCommit() respect wal_level.
Since the only purpose of WAL-loggin SharedInvalidationMessages is to support
Hot Standby operation, they needn't be included when wal_level < hot_standby.

Back-patch to 9.0.

Review by Heikki Linnakanagas and Fujii Masao.
2010-08-13 15:42:21 +00:00
Robert Haas
30c22eb8fc Correct sundry errors in Hot Standby-related comments.
Fujii Masao
2010-08-12 23:24:54 +00:00
Simon Riggs
5b8bd0529e Rename asyncCommitLSN to asyncXactLSN to reflect changed role in 9.0.
Transaction aborts now record their LSN to avoid corner case
behaviour in SR/HS, hence change of name of variables and functions.
As pointed out by Fujii Masao. Cosmetic changes only.
2010-07-29 22:27:27 +00:00
Robert Haas
7be8946c78 Avoid deep recursion when assigning XIDs to multiple levels of subxacts.
Backpatch to 8.0.

Andres Freund, with cleanup and adjustment for older branches by me.
2010-07-23 00:43:00 +00:00
Tom Lane
672efc0865 Update obsolete comment. Noted by Josh Tolley. 2010-07-08 16:08:30 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
239d769e7e pgindent run for 9.0, second run 2010-07-06 19:19:02 +00:00
Tom Lane
8771634666 Don't set recoveryLastXTime when replaying a checkpoint --- that was a bogus
idea from the start since the variable is only meant to track commit/abort
events.  This patch reverts the logic around the variable to what it was in
8.4, except that the value is now kept in shared memory rather than a static
variable, so that it can be reported correctly by CreateRestartPoint (which is
executed in the bgwriter).
2010-07-03 22:15:45 +00:00
Tom Lane
e76c1a0f4d Replace max_standby_delay with two parameters, max_standby_archive_delay and
max_standby_streaming_delay, and revise the implementation to avoid assuming
that timestamps found in WAL records can meaningfully be compared to clock
time on the standby server.  Instead, the delay limits are compared to the
elapsed time since we last obtained a new WAL segment from archive or since
we were last "caught up" to WAL data arriving via streaming replication.
This avoids problems with clock skew between primary and standby, as well
as other corner cases that the original coding would misbehave in, such
as the primary server having significant idle time between transactions.
Per my complaint some time ago and considerable ensuing discussion.

Do some desultory editing on the hot standby documentation, too.
2010-07-03 20:43:58 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
b57ddccf05 Add C comment about why synchronous_commit=off behavior can lose
committed transactions in a postmaster crash.
2010-06-29 18:44:58 +00:00
Robert Haas
400916b6d7 emode_for_corrupt_record shouldn't reduce LOG messages to WARNING.
In non-interactive sessions, WARNING sorts below LOG.
2010-06-28 19:46:19 +00:00
Tom Lane
09698bb5fb Make RemoveOldXlogFiles's debug printout match style used elsewhere:
log and seg aren't an XLogRecPtr and shouldn't be printed like one.
Fujii Masao
2010-06-17 17:37:23 +00:00
Tom Lane
07e8b6aabc Don't allow walsender to send WAL data until it's been safely fsync'd on the
master.  Otherwise a subsequent crash could cause the master to lose WAL that
has already been applied on the slave, resulting in the slave being out of
sync and soon corrupt.  Per recent discussion and an example from Robert Haas.

Fujii Masao
2010-06-17 16:41:25 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
6da07cd80d If a corrupt WAL record is received by streaming replication, disconnect
and retry. If the record is genuinely corrupt in the master database,
there's little hope of recovering, but it's better than simply retrying
to apply the corrupt WAL record in a tight loop without even trying to
retransmit it, which is what we used to do.
2010-06-14 06:04:21 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
c86efdde5f Fix typo/bug, found by Clang compiler 2010-06-12 09:14:52 +00:00
Itagaki Takahiro
56834fc759 Rename restartpoint_command to archive_cleanup_command. 2010-06-10 08:13:50 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
0a7cb85531 Make TriggerFile variable static. It's not used outside xlog.c.
Fujii Masao
2010-06-10 07:49:23 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
346d7cd7fa Return NULL instead of 0/0 in pg_last_xlog_receive_location() and
pg_last_xlog_replay_location(). Per Robert Haas's suggestion, after
Itagaki Takahiro pointed out an issue in the docs. Also, some wording
changes in the docs by me.
2010-06-10 07:00:27 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
71815306e9 In standby mode, respect checkpoint_segments in addition to
checkpoint_timeout to trigger restartpoints. We used to deliberately only
do time-based restartpoints, because if checkpoint_segments is small we
would spend time doing restartpoints more often than really necessary.
But now that restartpoints are done in bgwriter, they're not as
disruptive as they used to be. Secondly, because streaming replication
stores the streamed WAL files in pg_xlog, we want to clean it up more
often to avoid running out of disk space when checkpoint_timeout is large
and checkpoint_segments small.

Patch by Fujii Masao, with some minor changes by me.
2010-06-09 15:04:07 +00:00
Magnus Hagander
8c873bbfa7 Make the walwriter close it's handle to an old xlog segment if it's no longer
the current one. Not doing this would leave the walwriter with a handle to a
deleted file if there was nothing for it to do for a long period of time,
preventing the file from  being completely removed.

Reported by Tollef Fog Heen, and thanks to Heikki for some hand-holding with
the patch.
2010-06-09 10:54:45 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
cb6038c168 Fix some inconsistent quoting of wal_level values in messages
When referring to postgresql.conf syntax, then it's without quotes
(wal_level=archive); in narrative it's with double quotes.  But never
single quotes.
2010-06-03 21:02:12 +00:00
Robert Haas
d561430b66 On clean shutdown during recovery, don't warn about possible corruption.
Fujii Masao.  Review by Heikki Linnakangas and myself.
2010-06-03 03:20:00 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
6b24036365 Fix obsolete comments that I neglected to update in a previous patch.
Fujii Masao
2010-06-02 09:28:44 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
c5bd8feac6 Adjust comment to reflect that we now have Hot Standby. Pointed out by
Robert Haas.
2010-05-27 00:38:39 +00:00
Robert Haas
ea9968c331 Rename PM_RECOVERY_CONSISTENT and PMSIGNAL_RECOVERY_CONSISTENT.
The new names PM_HOT_STANDBY and PMSIGNAL_BEGIN_HOT_STANDBY more accurately
reflect their actual function.
2010-05-15 20:01:32 +00:00
Simon Riggs
4a24c9a063 Fix bug in processing of checkpoint time for max_standby_delay. Latest
log time was incorrectly set, typically leading to dates in the past,
which would cause more cancellations in Hot Standby on a quiet server.
2010-05-15 07:14:43 +00:00
Simon Riggs
fd34374b17 Add many new Asserts in code and fix simple bug that slipped through
without them, related to previous commit. Report by Bruce Momjian.
2010-05-14 07:11:49 +00:00
Simon Riggs
463f151a23 Ensure that top level aborts call XLogSetAsyncCommit(). Not doing
so simply leads to data waiting in wal_buffers which then causes
later commits to potentially do emergency writes and for all forms
of replication to be potentially delayed without need or benefit.
Issue pointed out exactly by Fujii Masao, following bug report
by Robert Haas on a separate though related topic.
2010-05-13 11:39:30 +00:00
Simon Riggs
8431e296ea Cleanup initialization of Hot Standby. Clarify working with reanalysis
of requirements and documentation on LogStandbySnapshot(). Fixes
two minor bugs reported by Tom Lane that would lead to an incorrect
snapshot after transaction wraparound. Also fix two other problems
discovered that would give incorrect snapshots in certain cases.
ProcArrayApplyRecoveryInfo() substantially rewritten. Some minor
refactoring of xact_redo_apply() and ExpireTreeKnownAssignedTransactionIds().
2010-05-13 11:15:38 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
ffe8c7c677 Need to hold ControlFileLock while updating control file. Update
minRecoveryPoint in control file when replaying a parameter change record,
to ensure that we don't allow hot standby on WAL generated without
wal_level='hot_standby' after a standby restart.
2010-05-03 11:17:52 +00:00
Tom Lane
f9ed327f76 Clean up some awkward, inaccurate, and inefficient processing around
MaxStandbyDelay.  Use the GUC units mechanism for the value, and choose more
appropriate timestamp functions for performing tests with it.  Make the
ps_activity manipulation in ResolveRecoveryConflictWithVirtualXIDs have
behavior similar to ps_activity code elsewhere, notably not updating the
display when update_process_title is off and not truncating the display
contents at an arbitrarily-chosen length.  Improve the docs to be explicit
about what MaxStandbyDelay actually measures, viz the difference between
primary and standby servers' clocks, and the possible hazards if their clocks
aren't in sync.
2010-05-02 02:10:33 +00:00
Tom Lane
69f7a4d8e3 Adjust error checks in pg_start_backup and pg_stop_backup to make it possible
to perform a backup without archive_mode being enabled.  This gives up some
user-error protection in order to improve usefulness for streaming-replication
scenarios.  Per discussion.
2010-04-29 21:49:03 +00:00
Tom Lane
f0488bd57c Rename the parameter recovery_connections to hot_standby, to reduce possible
confusion with streaming-replication settings.  Also, change its default
value to "off", because of concern about executing new and poorly-tested
code during ordinary non-replicating operation.  Per discussion.

In passing do some minor editing of related documentation.
2010-04-29 21:36:19 +00:00
Tom Lane
77acab75df Modify ShmemInitStruct and ShmemInitHash to throw errors internally,
rather than returning NULL for some-but-not-all failures as they used to.
Remove now-redundant tests for NULL from call sites.

We had to do something about this because many call sites were failing to
check for NULL; and changing it like this seems a lot more useful and
mistake-proof than adding checks to the call sites without them.
2010-04-28 16:54:16 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
9b8a73326e Introduce wal_level GUC to explicitly control if information needed for
archival or hot standby should be WAL-logged, instead of deducing that from
other options like archive_mode. This replaces recovery_connections GUC in
the primary, where it now has no effect, but it's still used in the standby
to enable/disable hot standby.

Remove the WAL-logging of "unlogged operations", like creating an index
without WAL-logging and fsyncing it at the end. Instead, we keep a copy of
the wal_mode setting and the settings that affect how much shared memory a
hot standby server needs to track master transactions (max_connections,
max_prepared_xacts, max_locks_per_xact) in pg_control. Whenever the settings
change, at server restart, write a WAL record noting the new settings and
update pg_control. This allows us to notice the change in those settings in
the standby at the right moment, they used to be included in checkpoint
records, but that meant that a changed value was not reflected in the
standby until the first checkpoint after the change.

Bump PG_CONTROL_VERSION and XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC. Whack XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC back to
the sequence it used to follow, before hot standby and subsequent patches
changed it to 0x9003.
2010-04-28 16:10:43 +00:00